By David S. Dye M.Ed. Model Citizen Enterprises, Mesquite, NV 89027

By David S. Dye M.Ed.

Model Citizen Enterprises, Mesquite, NV 89027 This book is dedicated to my mother, Delores, who is the hardest working person I’ve ever known.

And to my wife, Joy, who is the most loving, supportive person I’ve ever known.

For workshop / staff development information call (562) 627-5662 or go to CreateBetterWriters.com.

ISBN: 0-9766146-5-0

CreateBetterWriters.com Assessment Checklists 1

Unit 1 3 1. Unit Mastery Checklist ...... 4 2. Identify the Parts of a Sentence ...... 6 3. Imperatives ...... 11 4. Phrases, Clauses, and Sentences ...... 14 5. Fragments, Run-Ons, Complete Sentences ...... 18 6. Subject-Verb Agreement ...... 24 7. Literature Scavenger Hunt ...... 30 8. Test Review ...... 31 9. Unit Test and Answer Key ...... 33 Unit 2 37 1. Unit Mastery Checklist ...... 38 2. Complex Sentences ...... 39 3. Sentence Combining ...... 44 4. Three Types of Sentences ...... 49 5. Literature Scavenger Hunt ...... 54 6. Unit Test and Answer Key ...... 55 Unit 3 59 1. Unit Mastery Checklist ...... 60 2. Definition of the Parts of Speech ...... 61 3. Nouns and Pronouns ...... 63 4. Verbs and Adverbs ...... 66 5. Adjectives ...... 72 6. Prepositions – Conjunctions – Interjections ...... 75 7. Parts of Speech Practice ...... 81 8. Adverb or Preposition? ...... 82 9. Test Reviews ...... 84 10. Literature Scavenger Hunt ...... 85 11. Unit Test and Answer Key ...... 86 Unit 4 91 1. Unit Mastery Checklist ...... 92 2. Pronouns - Subject vs. Object vs. Possessive ...... 93 3. Prepositions ...... 99 4. Adjective or Adverb: Good / Well Bad / Badly ...... 105 5. Misplaced Modifiers ...... 109 6. Literature Scavenger Hunt ...... 111 7. Test Reviews ...... 112 8. Unit Test and Answer Key ...... 114 CreateBetterWriters.com Unit 5 119 1. Unit Mastery Checklist ...... 120 2. Capitalization Rules – Do’s and Don’ts ...... 121 3. Capitalization Proper Nouns ...... 123 4. Unit Test and Answer Key ...... 129 Unit 6 133 1. Unit Mastery Checklist ...... 134 2. Comma Rules: City, State / Day, Year ...... 135 3. Comma Rules: Friendly Letters ...... 137 4. Comma Rules: Direct Address / Introductory Word . . . . 138 5. Comma Rules: Review Rules #1 - #6 ...... 140 6. Comma Rules: Words – Phrases in a List / Avoid Confusion . . . 142 7. Comma Rules: Interrupter / Appositives ...... 144 8. Comma Rules: Adjectives / Quotations ...... 146 9. Comma Rules: Compound Sentence ...... 148 10. Comma Rules: Review Rules #7 - #13 ...... 149 11. Comma Rules: Review Rules #1 - #13 ...... 151 12. Literature Scavenger Hunt ...... 153 13. Unit Test and Answer Key ...... 154 Unit 7 159 1. Unit Mastery Checklist ...... 160 2. Apostrophe - Possessives ...... 161 3. Apostrophe - Contractions ...... 168 4. Colons and Semicolons ...... 172 5. Unit Test and Answer Key ...... 178

Unit 8 181 1. Unit Mastery Checklist ...... 182 2. Prefixes ...... 183 3. Suffixes ...... 188 4. Prefix / Suffix Mad Minute ...... 190 5. Common Homonyms ...... 195 6. Literature Scavenger Hunt ...... 196 7. Unit Test and Answer Key ...... 197 Unit 9 201 1. Unit Mastery Checklist ...... 202 2. Synonyms / Antonyms ...... 203 3. Often Misused Words ...... 206 4. Underline vs. Quotation Marks ...... 213 5. Test Review ...... 217 6. Unit Test and Answer Key ...... 218 Answer Key ...... 220

CreateBetterWriters.com or years I’ve been looking for a grammar program that teaches the dozens of basic grammar rules my upper elementary school students need to know. Their lack of basic grammar skills left me with the feeling that they had to be seeing the rules I was teaching for the very first time. The blank stares I received when mentioning words like “possessive nouns” and “subject-verb agreement” had to mean that the teachers from my students’ previous grades had never taught them. However, I soon realized, when reviewing grammar concepts only months after teaching them, I would receive those same blank stares again. So what’s the problem? Obviously I did not teach the concepts correctly, right? Maybe. I can say that many of my students would receive an A on most of my grammar tests. They could identify grammar concepts in worksheets and in Daily Oral Language. Unfortunately, these skills were not being transferred into their written and spoken language. As a result, I have modified my grammar program every year of my teaching career for fourteen years. I have looked for a comprehensive grammar program that would help all of my students apply and retain the grammar concepts they need in order to speak and write effectively. I’ve used grammar programs provided by literature companies. I’ve spent hundreds of dollars on workbooks that teach specific concepts. I’ve spent hours creating worksheets to help my students master the English language. Despite all of this, I remained frustrated with the lack of progress my students were making in grammar. What I wanted was a program that would help identify every skill my students should know by the end of the year. Also, I wanted to identify the skills my students should have mastered by the time they arrived in my class. Finally, I wanted to know what skills my students would be required to know in future grades so that I could introduce them to these concepts. It has become painfully clear that grammar is so complex that many students need a systematic program that allows them to master certain skills while preparing them for mastery of other skills. For students to master basic grammar, teachers of many grade levels will need to work together and create a plan. The purpose of this book is to give teachers the plan they need to achieve the goals listed above. Grammar standards from grades three through eight ( from the National Language Arts Framework) have been collected in an attempt to identify the basic skills our students need to master. In addition, extensive research has been done in an effort to identify specific lessons that will help build students’ communication skills. As a result, not only does this book meet the national language arts standards for grammar, it goes far beyond.

CreateBetterWriters.com Another benefit of this book is that it is systematic. It begins with the most basic of concepts and builds as you move through the units. Lower grades, or classes with students who are behind, can spend more time on certain concepts, while the upper grades can move more rapidly to get to the more difficult concepts. Furthermore, teachers can feel confident that the students are mastering the skills at their grade level while preparing them for instruction in the future. You now have a fantastic system that will help build your students’ language skills. With just fifteen to twenty minutes a day, students of all levels will grasp English like they never have before. English language learners, students with learning difficulties, and children who live in homes where English is not modeled correctly will benefit tremendously as they are taught English one step at a time. This program gives them a clear focus for the attainment of basic grammar. This is the ambition and the goal of Standards Based Grammar.

CreateBetterWriters.com Below is a list of the special features in this book. If this is your primary grammar program, here is the basic procedure: A. Review each worksheet prior to the lesson. Focus on getting the students to understand the vocabulary. Begin each lesson by reviewing the vocabulary from the previous lesson. B. Make sure students complete every journal extension. This helps students practice each grammar skill within the context of actual writing situations. C. Do test review worksheets and Literature Scavenger Hunts to prepare for each test. D. Give the unit assessments. Correcting these can be time consuming. Many teacher correct these as a class. E. Decide what you consider “Mastery”. Record “Mastery” or “Non-Master” on the Parent Checklist for each student. F. Transfer information from Parent Checklists to the students’ Student Checklist. Your students can now take home their test and Parent Checklist. G. Optional: Check off each skill taught on the Teacher Checklist. This will help you keep track of topics covered.

Grammar Standards Teacher Checklist 1. The Teacher Checklist allows the teacher to check off each standard after it has been taught. This is especially helpful if you do not teach the chapters in order or if you are using this book as a supplement. By doing this you are assured to cover every standard required for your grade level. 2. After each assessment you can keep a list of students who have “Mastery” and “Non-Mastery” of each standard. This will give you an idea of which standards need greater attention throughout the year. Additionally, this will provide wonderful feedback for future teachers. By making copies of this worksheet at the end of the year for future teachers, they will be well aware of the standards that give their new students problems.

Student Worksheets 1. Concepts are taught on the first worksheet of each standard. The worksheets that follow allow practice in order to achieve mastery. However, it is crucial that you prepare ahead of time to deliver appropriate instruction of each concept. 2. The lessons on the worksheets are meant to be a springboard for your discussions about the grammar concepts. Most lessons can be reviewed quickly and taught with little preparation.

CreateBetterWriters.com Features ( Continued )

3. It is important that students have a chance to practice at home. Many worksheets have enough practice activities for the students to complete half at school and half as homework. 4. More worksheets may be required to achieve your goal of mastery. However, at least this program allows you to systematically identify when to teach a concept and when more help is required. 5. If more practice worksheets are needed, many teachers use the worksheets from their district’s language arts program. Organize these worksheets based on where they are found in Standards Based Grammar.

Extensions 1. Many worksheets have “extensions” at the bottom. These are journal activities that help reinforce the concepts within the context of writing. This is an excellent way to help solidify the grammatical skills in the minds of the students. 2. In most cases, there is an extension on every other worksheet. Use the extension during your students’ journal time, give it as homework, or complete it during class as an additional grammar activity.

Tests and Assessments 1. Every skill in each unit is assessed. Use the tests to keep track of student progress. 2. You can use whatever scale you feel is appropriate to grade the tests. For the difficult units, it is recommended that the standard grading scale be relaxed. One suggestion is to make the highest score an A, while the other students’ grades are lowered from there.

Parent Checklists 1. This is a way for you to keep the parents involved in the progress of their child. After each test, check off the skills that have been mastered and the skills that have not been mastered. Send it home with the students. 2. This gives the parents the opportunity to practice these skills at home with their child. It may be helpful to direct the parents to a local teacher supply store where workbooks are available. Also, you can prepare packets of materials to send home for further practice.

CreateBetterWriters.com Features ( Continued ) 3. In many cases, “Non-Mastery” may be checked for many or all of the skills taught. It is important that the parents understand that the goal of this program is to achieve mastery. While students may have a general understanding of a concept, mastery means a complete understanding and the ability to use the skill in the context of speaking and writing. Therefore, many parents might panic when they see so many skills marked “Non- Mastery.” It may be helpful to put the students’ test grade on the checklist to help ease the parents’ anxiety. The parents will know that their child may not have mastered many concepts, but a C on the test will help them understand that their child is making progress.

Literature Scavenger Hunts Train your students to review grammar even when you are not studying grammar. By doing the Literature Scavenger Hunts, students learn to find grammar and punctuation skills within professional writing. Simply have your students use any reading book to find samples of the grammar concepts that you have been studying. The worksheet will guide them. At times, some grammar skills are difficult to find, even for the best of students. Typically, if student find most of the skills on each worksheet, credit should be given.

CreateBetterWriters.com Reading – Word Analysis Vocabulary Development 1.3 Synonyms, Antonyms, and Homonyms ( Unit 8, 9 ) 1.4 Prefixes and Suffixes ( Unit 8 )

Writing Writing Applications 2.4 Write Persuasive Letters ( Unite 6 ) (or Compositions) Sentence Structure 1.1 Prepositional Phrases, Appositives, Independent Clauses, Dependent Clauses, Transitions, and Conjunctions ( Unit 1, 2, 3, 6 ) Grammar 1.2 Often Misused Words, Pronouns, and Modifiers ( Unit 3, 4, 9 ) Punctuation 1.3 Colons in Lists and to Separate Hours from Minutes ( Unit 7 ) 1.3 Quotation Marks Around Quotations and Poems ( Unit 9 ) Capitalization and Spelling 1.4 Capitalization ( Unit 5 ) 1.5 Suffixes, Prefixes, Contractions ( Unit 7, 8 )

CreateBetterWriters.com 5th Grade Grammar Standards Teacher Checklist

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Identify the Parts of a Sentence – Unit 1 2. Imperatives – Unit 1 3. Phrases, Clauses, and Sentences – Unit 1 4. Fragments, Run-ons, Complete Sentences – Unit 1 5. Subject–Verb Agreement – Unit 1 6. Complex Sentences – Unit 2 7. Sentence Combining – Unit 2 8. Three Types of Sentences – Unit 2 9. Define the Parts of Speech – Unit 3 10. Identify the Parts of Speech – Unit 3 11. Adverb or Preposition? – Unit 3 12. Pronouns: Subject, Object, and Possessive – Unit 4 13. Prepositions – Unit 4 14. Adjective or Adverb: Good / Well Bad / Badly – Unit 4 15. Misplaced Modifiers – Unit 4 16. Capitalization: Proper Nouns – Unit 5 17. Capitalization: Miscellaneous – Unit 5 18. Comma Rules – Unit 6 19. Apostrophe: Possessive Nouns – Unit 7 20. Apostrophe: Contractions – Unit 7 21. Colons and Semicolons – Unit 7 22. Common Prefixes – Unit 8 23. Common Suffixes – Unit 8 24. Common Homonyms – Unit 8 25. Synonyms and Antonyms – Unit 9 26. Often Misused Words – Unit 9 27. Underline vs. Quotation Marks – Unit 9

CreateBetterWriters.com 1 5th Grade Grammar Standards Student Checklist ______Name

CreateBetterWriters.com 2 Identify the Parts of a Sentence

Imperatives

Phrases, Clauses, and Sentences

Fragments, Run-ons, and Complete Sentences

Subject-Verb Agreement

CreateBetterWriters.com 3 Grammar Standards – Unit 1

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Identify the Parts of a Sentence 2. Imperatives 3. Phrases, Clauses, and Sentences 4. Fragments, Run-ons, and Complete Sentences 5. Subject-Verb Agreement

Grammar Standards – Unit 1

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Identify the Parts of a Sentence 2. Imperatives 3. Phrases, Clauses, and Sentences 4. Fragments, Run-ons, and Complete Sentences 5. Subject-Verb Agreement

CreateBetterWriters.com 4 Name: ______

Below is a list of vocabulary words you will find in Units 1 and 2. Write the definitions of the words as you learn them. Also, put examples of the words as a quick reference.

1. Subject - ______Example - ______2. Predicate - ______Example - ______3. Complete Subject - ______Example - ______4. Complete Predicate - ______Example - ______5. Phrase - ______Example - ______6. Clause - ______Example - ______7. Sentence - ______Example - ______8. Dependent Clause - ______Example - ______9. Independent Clause - ______Example - ______10. Fragment Sentence - ______Example - ______11. Run-On Sentence - ______Example - ______12. Imperatives - ______Example - ______13. Subordinate Conjunction - ______Example - ______14. Coordinate Conjunction - ______Example - ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 5 Name: ______

A sentence has two basic parts: 1. A subject 2. What the subject is or does. (Predicate)

Subject: The Who or What of the sentence. Predicate: What the subject Is or Does. Examples: 1. The dog barked. 1. The big, angry dog barked ferociously at the mailman entering the yard. Subject: dog Predicate: barked Subject: dog Predicate: barked (who) (what the subject does) (who) (what the subject does)

2. The ball is flat. 2. The ball used in the game last night is flat. Subject: ball Predicate: is flat Subject: ball Predicate: is flat (what) (what the subject is) (what) (what the subject is)

Exercise #1 – Subjects and Predicates Subjects are the who or what of the sentence. Predicates tell what the subject is or what the subject does. In the sentences below, put an S above the subject and a P above the predicate. For the subject, write Who or What on the line. For the predicate, write Does or Is. S P S P Example #1 Mark plays baseball. Example #2 The ball is flat. Subject: __Who__ Subject: __What__ Predicate: __Does__ Predicate: ___Is___ 1. Mom bakes cookies. 2. They were late. 3. The game broke. Subject: ______Subject: ______Subject: ______Predicate: ______Predicate: ______Predicate: ______

4. Books tell stories. 5. The car raced. 6. Cells are tiny. Subject: ______Subject: ______Subject: ______Predicate: ______Predicate: ______Predicate: ______

7. Rabbits hop. 8. A sequoia is huge. 9. John surfs. Subject: ______Subject: ______Subject: ______Predicate: ______Predicate: ______Predicate: ______

Extension: Write ten sentences, like the ones above, that are shorter than five words. Put an S above the subject and a P above the predicate.

CreateBetterWriters.com 6 Name: ______

Exercise #1 – Subjects and Predicates In the sentences below, put an S above the subject and a P above the predicate. For the subject, write Who or What on the line. For the predicate, write Does or Is.

1. Dad builds cars. 2. We are happy. 3. The ball bounced. Subject: ______Subject: ______Subject: ______Predicate: ______Predicate: ______Predicate: ______

4. The sky is beautiful. 5. Birds chirp. 6. The clock is incorrect. Subject: ______Subject: ______Subject: ______Predicate: ______Predicate: ______Predicate: ______

Simple Subject – The simple subject is the subject alone. The red ball bounced across the street. Simple Subject = ball Complete Subject – The complete subject includes all the words that modify the subject. The red ball bounced across the street. Complete Subject = The red ball

Simple Predicate – The simple predicate is the verb alone, without the words that complete the thought. The red ball bounced across the street. Simple Predicate = bounced Complete Predicate – The complete predicate is the verb with the words that complete the thought. The red ball bounced across the street. Complete Predicate = bounced across the street

Exercise #2 – Put an S above the simple subject and a P above the simple predicate. On the lines, write “Complete Subject” if the phrase is a complete subject. Write “Complete Predicate” if the phrase is a complete predicate. S P 1. My dad builds awesome race cars. 2. The red rubber ball bounced quickly away. My dad - ____complete subject____ The red rubber ball - ______Builds awesome race cars - _complete predicate_ Bounced quickly away - ______

3. The Montana sky is beautiful in the morning. 4. Little, baby birds chirped for their mother. Is beautiful in the morning - ______Little baby birds - ______The Montana sky - ______Chirped for their mother - ______

5. The clock on the wall is incorrect by an hour. 6. Ramona students are happy about their grades. Is incorrect by an hour - ______Are happy about their grades - ______The clock on the wall - ______Ramona students - ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 7 Name: ______

1. A fish swims. 2. The water froze. 3. The shirt is dirty. Subject: ______Subject: ______Subject: ______Predicate: ______Predicate: ______Predicate: ______

4. Children played. 5. The balloon popped. 6. The Yankees are champions. Subject: ______Subject: ______Subject: ______Predicate: ______Predicate: ______Predicate: ______

1. A goldfish swims to the surface for food. 2. The water at Big Bear Lake froze last January. A goldfish - ______Froze last January - ______Swims to the surface for food - ______The water at Big Bear Lake - ______

3. The blue cotton shirt is very dirty. 4. Neighborhood children played football in the street. Is very dirty - ______Neighborhood children - ______The blue cotton shirt - ______Played football in the street - ______

5. The large yellow balloon popped in midair. 6. The New York Yankees are champions of the world. The large yellow balloon - ______Are champions of the world - ______Popped in midair - ______The New York Yankees - ______

Extension: 1. Write five sentences that are ten words or longer about swimming. Put an S above the simple subject and P above the simple predicate. 2. Below each sentence, write “Complete Subject” and “Complete Predicate.” Next to these labels, write out the complete subject and the complete predicate. See the example below. Example: S P I went with my friends to the beach to go swimming. Complete Subject – I Complete Predicate – went with my friends to the beach to go swimming.

CreateBetterWriters.com 8 Name: ______

What is the subject of the sentence below? At the park, hundreds of people watched the fireworks. Sometimes finding the subject is tricky. Is the subject park? People? Fireworks?

The Trick: An easy way to find the subject of the sentence is to cross out the prepositional phrases. By crossing out the prepositional phrases, the subject and verb are much easier to locate.

Let’s try the trick on the sentence above. At the park, hundreds of people watched the fireworks. Simple Subject: Simple Predicate: hundreds watched Complete Subject: Complete Predicate: hundreds of people watched the fireworks at the park.

Directions: 1. Cross out all of the prepositional phrases. 2. Put an S above the simple subject and a P above the simple predicate. 3. Underline the complete subject once and the complete predicate twice. Remember, the complete predicate can be split in the sentence. S P Example: During the storm, a powerful tugboat came to rescue the struggling ship.

1. During the night a large brown bear entered the camp. 2. After dinner several of us wanted to watch a movie.

3. The book on the shelf with the torn cover was there for days. 4. On January 1 the people on the dance committee will enjoy their party. 5. With the game on the line, Rick made a shot from the foul line. 6. Dozens of gymnasts waited for the score from the judges. 7. For many years no one wanted to try the long jump. 8. Squirrels in the trees played with each other for hours. 9. During math class our teacher asked me to work with Johnny. 10. In less than a year I have collected a dozen stickers for my collection.

CreateBetterWriters.com 9 Name: ______

Directions: 1. Cross out all of the prepositional phrases. 2. Put an S above the simple subject and a P above the simple predicate. 3. Underline the complete subject once and the complete predicate twice. Remember, the complete predicate can be split in the sentence. S P Example: During the convention, people with signs protested along the street.

1. Before the show, dozens of 3-D glasses with special lenses were handed out.

2. Many of the computers needed the software installed.

3. The patients in the doctor’s office read magazines.

4. Down the hall the class is making American flags for our school play.

5. On the lake, several boats sailed past the dock.

6. During the party, several of the dancers did a line dance around the room.

7. After school the teacher helped me with my homework.

8. Many swimmers at the beach hurried out of the water.

9. Before the carnival we changed into more comfortable clothes.

10. Throughout the park dozens of happy dogs played with their owners.

11. Hundreds of flowers were planted by the students.

12. On July 4th the city will have a fireworks show at the park.

13. The lucky winner of the lottery took everyone to dinner.

14. In two days the judges will announce the winners of the art contest.

15. With their bags in their hands, the excited students got on the bus for camp.

Extension: Write five sentences of your own. Use prepositional phrases. When finished, write S above the simple subject and P above the simple predicate. Underline the complete subject once and the complete predicate twice.

CreateBetterWriters.com 10 Name: ______

What is the subject of the sentence below? Go to the store for a gallon of milk. Try the trick from worksheets #1 and #2. Cross out all the prepositional phrases. The simple subject and simple predicate should be much easier to find. Go to the store for a gallon of milk. I. What is left? “Go”

Imperatives: An imperative is a sentence that issues a command. The subject is “you.” Example: Wait for me. Subject = ( You ) Verb = Wait ( You ) Wait for me.

II. What is the subject in the example above? Simple Subject = ( You ) Simple Predicate = Go Complete Predicate = Go to the store for a gallon of milk.

Directions: 1. Cross out all of the prepositional phrases. 2. Put an S above the simple subject and a P above the simple predicate. If the subject is an imperative, write ( You ) in front of the sentence and write “imperative” below. Example: S P ( You ) 1. Wait at the park for me. Imperative

1. Catch a fish at the lake for me. 7. Mom sowed a patch on my uniform.

2. Buy a present for your sister at the mall. 8. After school, walk your sister home.

3. Study for the test next week. 9. Select a prize from the prize box.

4. The girls in the choir sang a song. 10. Draw a picture of your family.

5. In the morning, brush your teeth. 11. The kittens drank all of the milk.

6. Write a letter to the president of the company. 12. Before the game, play catch with me.

Extension: Write five imperative sentences. Use prepositional phrases. When finished, write “( you )” in the front of the sentence and put a P above the simple predicate.

CreateBetterWriters.com 11 Name: ______

Directions: 1. Cross out all of the prepositional phrases. 2. Put an S above the simple subject and a P above the simple predicate. 3. Underline the complete subject once and the complete predicate twice. Remember to watch for imperatives. S P Example: During the convention, people with signs protested along the street.

1. Beyond the trees, an Indian village is preparing for a tribal ceremony.

2. The long, winding road twisted throughout the forest.

3. Go to the end of the block for the letter.

4. An obnoxious, noisy dog barked into the night.

5. During recess, our teacher organized a basketball tournament.

6. Millions of stars twinkled in the clear evening sky.

7. Write a poem about the best time of your life.

8. The silly girls giggled into the night at my sister’s slumber party.

9. Stop at the end of the page before the picture of the stop sign.

10. On the first day of school our principal welcomed the students at an assembly.

11. Talk about your problems before they turn into fights.

12. The wet drawings were set against the wall to dry.

13. Many fish were scared off by the splashing of the swimmers.

14. Hundreds of people arrived to volunteer to clean the school.

15. On the cover of the magazine, someone drew a mustache on the picture

of the movie star.

CreateBetterWriters.com 12 Name: ______

Directions: 1. Cross out all of the prepositional phrases. 2. Put an S above the simple subject and a P above the simple predicate. 3. Underline the complete subject once and the complete predicate twice. Remember to watch for imperatives. S P Example: During the convention, people with signs protested along the street.

1. During the night a fat jolly man came down our chimney to put presents under the tree.

2. With a twinkle in his eyes the man in the red suit disappeared up the chimney.

3. Several of the reindeer left presents of their own on the top of our house.

4. Wait until everyone is ready before opening your presents.

5. The excited, neighborhood children rode their new bikes throughout the streets.

6. At 10:00 my cousins from San Diego arrived at our house.

7. Help your cousins into the house with their luggage.

8. In a crazy scramble the children raced to the backyard to play on our new swings.

9. Throughout the house the smell of turkey made our mouths water.

10. Before we ate, each person at the table said one nice thing about each person in the family.

11. Like pigs at a trough, my hungry family devoured everything on the table.

12. Wipe that corn off your mouth before I get sick.

13. It was sad to see all of my cousins go home.

14. For two weeks I played my games without the thought of school.

15. Ask the teacher for extra work for extra credit.

Extension: Write five sentences of your own about any holiday celebration at your house. Use prepositional phrases. When finished, write S above the simple subject and P above the simple predicate. Underline the complete subject once and the complete predicate twice.

CreateBetterWriters.com 13 Name: ______

When you were younger, you started learning your Letters. Next, you learned to put letters into Words. Soon you were putting words into Phrases, phrases into Clauses, and clauses into Sentences. When you mastered the sentence, you began writing Paragraphs. Eventually, you learn to put paragraphs into Essays. Writing Pyramid Think of writing as a pyramid. Words are the building blocks of writing. Words are put into words phrases and clauses which are put into sentences. p h r a s e s In order to write good sentences, it is helpful to c l a u s e s understand the differences between them. s e n t e n c e s So what is a phrase, clause, and a sentence: p a r a g r a p h s

Phrase – A group of related words. Examples: in the cage ( prepositional phrase ) to buy a car ( infinitive phrase) riding the bike ( participial or gerundive phrase )

Clause – A group of words with a subject and verb. It may not have a complete thought. Example: When mom comes home from work Subject = mom Verb = comes Complete Thought = None Sentence – A group of words that tells a complete thought. Example: I like pizza. Subject = I Verb = like Complete Thought = pizza

Directions: Write “Phrase”, “Clause”, or “Sentence” next to each word. 1. IN THE ROOM - ______7. A MOUSE ATE THE CHEESE - ______

2. AFTER THE MUSIC STARTED - ______8. WHILE HE VISITED THE MUSEUM - ______

3. THE CONCERT WAS FUN - ______9. THE BICYCLE BROKE - ______

4. WHEN THE PRESIDENT ARRIVES - ______10. AFTER THE GAME - ______

5. THE BALL BOUNCED - ______11. THE SKATER FELL - ______

6. SINGING A SONG - ______12. BAKING COOKIES - ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 14 Name: ______

Exercise #1 - Write “Phrase”, “Clause”, or “Sentence” next to each word.

1. AT THE STORE - ______11. CLEANING THE ROOM - ______

2. BECAUSE I WAS LATE - ______12. THE TEACHER READ A STORY - ______

3. EVERYONE SANG A SONG - ______13. ONCE THE MOVIE STARTS - ______

4. UNLESS HE GETS ALL A’S - ______14. ACROSS THE YARD - ______

5. PLAYING THE PIANO - ______15. AS WE DROVE TO ARIZONA - ______

6. HENRY GAVE HELEN FLOWERS - ______16. THE CANDLE BURNED OUT - ______

7. BEFORE WE GO CAMPING - ______17. CUTTING THE GRASS - ______

8. WE WILL WIN - ______18. I LIKE CANDY - ______

9. OVER THE TREES - ______19. UNTIL LUNCH - ______

10. SO THEY WILL NOT NEED HELP - ______20. WHEREVER I GO - ______

Exercise #2 – Fill in the blanks below with a phrase or a clause that completes the sentence. Use the word suggested in parentheses.

Example: There was an argument on the playground because nobody would listen to each other. ( clause - because )

1. ______several students had to serve detention ______. ( phrase – after ) ( clause – until ) 2. ______, the teacher put the questions ______. ( clause – while ) ( phrase – on ) 3. ______, there wasn’t enough money ______. ( clause – although ) ( phrase – for ) 4. ______we won’t be able to play ______. ( phrase – without ) ( clause – because ) 5. ______everyone will stop and read ______. ( phrase – at ) ( clause – wherever ) 6. ______, the dogs come running ______for dinner. ( clause – whenever ) ( phrase – into )

Extension: Write fifteen phrases using any of the prepositions below. about above across after against along among around at before behind below beneath beside between beyond by down during for from in inside into near of off on onto out outside over past through to with within without

CreateBetterWriters.com 15 Name: ______

Exercise #1 - Write “Phrase” , “Clause” , or “Sentence” next to each word. 1. WHENEVER WE EAT - ______11. BEFORE THE PLAY STARTED - ______

2. UNDER THE RUG - ______12. THE DOG AND CAT PLAYED - ______

3. FLOWERS SMELL GOOD - ______13. COUNTING THE MONEY - ______

4. TAKING PICTURES - ______14. BECAUSE WE WERE LATE - ______

5. ONTO THE FENCE - ______15. IF WE SAVE ALL OUR MONEY - ______

6. SHE BAKED A PIE - ______16. THE DANCE ENDED EARLY- ______

7. AT 12:00 - ______17. ALTHOUGH SHE WAS SICK - ______

8. THEY TALKED FOR HOURS - ______18. SHE IS HAPPY - ______

9. WHILE THE BAND PLAYED - ______19. UNLESS HE HITS A HOMERUN - ______

10. DURING REHEARSAL - ______20. BEYOND THE STARS - ______

Exercise #2 – Fill in the blanks below with a phrase or a clause that completes the sentence. Use the word suggested in parentheses.

Example: There was an argument on the playground because nobody would listen to each other. ( clause - because )

1. ______the cheerleaders stretched ______. ( phrase – before ) ( clause – while ) 2. ______, the play had to be postponed ______. ( clause – since ) ( phrase – until ) 3. ______, not a word was spoken ______. ( clause – once ) ( phrase – throughout ) 4. ______the foolish boy crossed the street ______. ( phrase – without ) ( clause – as ) 5. ______there will be a party ______. ( phrase – on ) ( clause – because ) 6. ______, dogs will no longer be allowed ______. ( clause – whether ) ( phrase – inside )

Extension: Write five sentences using four ( 4 ) prepositional phrases in each sentence.

CreateBetterWriters.com 16 Name: ______

Exercise #1 - Write “Phrase”, “Clause”, or “Sentence” next to each word.

1. MY SHOES DON’T FIT - ______11. RYAN WON - ______

2. AFTER THE BELL - ______12. WE TALKED FOR HOURS - ______

3. AS THE SUN WENT DOWN - ______13. DRESSING THE DOLL - ______

4. PAINTING A SIGN - ______14. HE ATE MY CAKE - ______

5. INSIDE THE CAR - ______15. WE WILL GO TO DISNEYLAND - ______

6. UNTIL THE RACE STARTS - ______16. BECAUSE THE POWER WENT OUT -______

7. ON SUNDAY - ______17. SHE WON THE RACE - ______

8. WHENEVER I EAT CANDY - ______18. SO HE BOUGHT HER A PRESENT - ______

9. ONCE THE GYMNAST FELL - ______19. WE CAME IN FIRST PLACE - ______

10. BEHIND THE TREE - ______20. THROUGHOUT THE WORLD - ______

Exercise #2 – Fill in the blanks below with a phrase or a clause that completes the sentence. Use the word suggested in parentheses.

Example: There was an argument on the playground because nobody would listen to each other. ( clause - because ) 1. ______birds played together ______. ( phrase – outside ) ( clause – until ) 2. ______, we will finish this project ______. ( clause – if ) ( phrase – by ) 3. ______, the teacher passed out papers ______. ( clause – as ) ( phrase – to ) 4. ______everyone will be finished with the test ______. ( phrase – within ) ( clause – whether ) 5. ______many people ate donuts and talked ______. ( phrase – before ) ( clause – until ) 6. ______, people waited their turn ______. ( clause – while ) ( phrase – for )

Extension: Below is a list of subordinate conjunctions. Select any ten and write them in clauses. Skip lines and be prepared to trade them with a neighbor. Someone else will finish these sentences. after although as because before if once since so than that though unless until when wherever whether while

CreateBetterWriters.com 17 Name: ______

There are three parts of a sentence: 1. Subject 2. Verb 3. Complete Thought

Fragment Sentences are missing either a: 1. Subject 2. Verb 3. Complete Thought 1. Missing Subject – ate the pizza on the table. Who ate the pizza? 2. Missing Verb – In the middle of the night. What about the middle of the night? 3. Missing Complete Thought – When everyone finishes their assignment. What will happen when everyone finishes their assignment?

Run-On Sentences have more than one complete thought. Follow these rules: 1. Don’t make a list of sentences. Example: She went to the store, she bought a dress, she went home. 2. Don’t use “and” more than one time in a sentence. Example: She went to Kim’s house and to the mall and then went home. 3. Don’t use more than one of these words in a sentence: “and”, “but”, “or” , or “so” Example: Dad went to the game, and Mom went to the store, but I stayed home.

The Trick: Identifying fragment and run-on sentences is easier if you cross out the prepositional phrases. You can then identify any missing subjects, verbs, and complete thoughts. Also, it will become more obvious if there is more than one complete thought. Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite the sentences below. Fix any fragment or run-on sentences.

Example: Kelly bought a dress, and she bought a skirt, but she brought them back. Kelly bought a dress and a skirt. However, she brought them back.

1. Without any idea how to play. 2. Tim couldn’t run, and Mike couldn’t throw, but they could both hit. 3. After all the people left the party. 4. He finished his homework and turned it in and he received an A. 5. When Halloween arrives, all the boys and girls.

CreateBetterWriters.com 18 Name: ______

Directions: A sentence must have a subject, verb and complete thought. Read the sentences below and check off when you see the subject, verb and complete thought. If it is missing one of these, write “Fragment”. If there is more than one complete thought, write “Run-On”. If there is one complete thought, write “Sentence.” Examples: In the car. ___Fragment___ Subject _____ Verb _____ 1 Complete Thought _____ 2 Complete Thoughts _____

She won the game she was happy. ___Run-On____ Subject __X__ Verb __X__ 1 Complete Thought __X__ 2 Complete Thoughts __X__

1. While waiting for my mom. ______Subject _____ Verb _____ 1 Complete Thought _____ 2 Complete Thoughts _____ 2. We went to the park I played on the swings. ______Subject _____ Verb _____ 1 Complete Thought _____ 2 Complete Thoughts _____ 3. The teacher gave back our tests. ______Subject _____ Verb _____ 1 Complete Thought _____ 2 Complete Thoughts _____ 4. The butterfly and the caterpillar. ______Subject _____ Verb _____ 1 Complete Thought _____ 2 Complete Thoughts _____ 5. Climbing down the rocks into the canyon. ______Subject _____ Verb _____ 1 Complete Thought _____ 2 Complete Thoughts _____ 6. She raced home on her bike she was late anyway. ______Subject _____ Verb _____ 1 Complete Thought _____ 2 Complete Thoughts _____ 7. We went into the store to buy new shoes for my sister. ______Subject _____ Verb _____ 1 Complete Thought _____ 2 Complete Thoughts _____ 8. The alarm went off at seven I got out of bed at eight. ______Subject _____ Verb _____ 1 Complete Thought _____ 2 Complete Thoughts _____ 9. For an hour we watched my brother play soccer. ______Subject _____ Verb _____ 1 Complete Thought _____ 2 Complete Thoughts _____ 10. The new student in the back of the class. ______Subject _____ Verb _____ 1 Complete Thought _____ 2 Complete Thoughts _____

Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite the sentences #1 - #10 from above. Fix any fragment or run-on sentences.

CreateBetterWriters.com 19 Name: ______

Exercise #1: What are these fragment sentences missing? Write “Subject” if the subject is missing. Write “Complete Thought” if the complete thought is missing.

1. After the quarterback threw the ball. ____Complete Thought_____ 2. Riding the bike all the way home. ______3. While everyone gathered around the flag. ______4. The monkey and the snake. ______5. Whistling all the way home with a smile on her face. ______6. Walked across the street to talk to the neighbor. ______7. Because all the students turned in their homework. ______8. Standing in line waiting for the doors to open. ______9. All the people who wanted a free radio. ______10. Buying presents for all the people in my class. ______

Exercise #2: Explain why each sentence is a run-on sentence. Write “List of Sentences”, “Too Many And’s”, or “Too Many Conjunctions” 1. Mike plays baseball, and Kenny plays soccer, but I play basketball. ____Too Many Conjunctions_____ 2. Terry went to the movies, he bought some popcorn, and he enjoyed the show. ______3. Betty went shopping, and she had lunch with Wilma, and went to work. ______4. She went to the dance and she met her friends but she had to leave early. ______5. The car had a flat, and my dad went out to fix it, and he did. ______6. We went to the park to feed the ducks it was cold. ______

Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, re-write all the fragment sentences in Exercise #1 so that they are complete sentences.

CreateBetterWriters.com 20 Name: ______

Exercise #1: What are these fragment sentences missing? Write “Subject” if the subject is missing. Write “Complete Thought” if the complete thought is missing.

1. Wherever you want to go. ______2. Until everyone can learn to follow directions. ______3. Singing a solo in the winter musical. ______4. The princess and the frog. ______5. Crying all the way to the kitchen. ______6. The baby sitters in the neighborhood. ______7. Everyone responsible for making a mess in the room. ______8. Went back to school to get his homework. ______9. Waiting in our seats for the game to start. ______10. Friends forever. ______

Exercise #2: Explain why each sentence is a run-on sentence. Write “List of Sentences”, “Too Many And’s”, or “Too Many Conjunctions” 1. Shawn colored in the living room, Ryan watched TV in the den, and Justin took a nap. ______2. Mary is Jane’s best friend, and Kim is Shelly’s best friend, but Ashley is my best friend. ______3. Mary was in a commercial she played a sick girl drinking cold medicine. ______4. Jenny tried out for cheerleader, and she made it but she decided not to join. ______5. I wrote a report and the teacher corrected it and I don’t understand why I got a D. ______6. I went to Kobe’s basketball clinic and learned a lot and I used what I learned on my team. ______

Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, fix all the run-on sentences in Exercise #2. Rewrite the run-on sentences so they are two ( 2 )correct sentences.

CreateBetterWriters.com 21 Name: ______

Directions: Cross out any prepositional phrases. Put an S above the subject and a V above the verb. On the line, write F if the sentence is a fragment, write S if it is a sentence, and write RO if it is a run-on. S V V S V 1. __RO__ We walked to the park and played on the swings and we went home.

2. ______With my friends.

3. ______I made a birthday card for my mom with flowers.

4. ______He borrowed a pencil, used it, but he never gave it back.

5. ______The lady in the car with the baby.

6. ______Alex received an A in math.

7. ______Woke up after the long, cold night.

8. ______Driving over the hills and through the woods.

9. ______She looked beautiful in her new dress it was the perfect color.

10. ______Without any help from you.

11. ______Mary wrote a report about horses.

12. ______Silly kids alone in the park.

13. ______She wrote a letter he read it and wrote her back they both were good friends.

14. ______Worked into the night.

15. ______After dinner Juan helped Mom clean the dishes.

Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, fix all the fragment sentences on this page. Rewrite the fragment sentences so they are complete sentences.

CreateBetterWriters.com 22 Name: ______

2. ______The Lakers beat the Trailblazers they beat the Kings and they beat the Nets.

3. ______Across the field and between the trees.

4. ______At the end of the game, Robert made a great shot to win the game.

5. ______Climbing up the tree to get the kite.

6. ______Kim is great on the rings and she’s good on the beam, but she can’t flip well.

7. ______With several of my best friends.

8. ______Bill brought the treats, Tina decorated the room, and Tony provided the music.

9. ______Before everyone arrives.

10. ______While Mary made the cookies, Kim baked a cake.

11. ______Jim came in first and Julie came in second and Tim came in third.

12. ______Walking across the yard.

13. ______The ball rolled behind the bush and under the car.

14. ______Our class took a field trip to the zoo we saw many strange animals.

15. ______With a mighty roar.

Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, fix all the run-on sentences on this page. Rewrite the run-on sentences so they are two ( 2 ) correct sentences.

CreateBetterWriters.com 23 Name: ______

What is wrong with these sentences? Joe and Bob is tall. The team are winning. Subject – Verb Agreement:

The subject and verb of a sentence must agree. If the subject is singular, the verb must be singular. If the subject is plural, the verb must be plural. Subject Verb Correct Joe and Bob = Plural is = Singular Joe and Bob are tall. team = Singular are = Plural The team is winning.

If the subject and verb ever disagree, the subject always wins the disagreement. The Trick - Memorize the rule: “ If the subject is singular, the verb must be singular. If the subject is plural, the verb must be plural. ”

Remember - Present tense verbs: Singular Verbs - Add s, or es to the verb. Examples: He sings He marches Plural Verbs - No s or es Examples: They sing They march

I. Write “Singular” if the verb is singular. Write “Plural” if the verb is plural.

__Singular_ 1. sits ______6. pitch ______11. protect ______2. watch ______7. writes ______12. earns ______3. read ______8. thinks ______13. love ______4. receives ______9. buzzes ______14. catch ______5. buys ______10. scratch ______15. crawls

II. Put “ S ” above the subject and “ V ” above the verb. Write “ Singular ” if the subject and verb are singular. Write “ Plural ” if the subject and verb are plural.

______1. Julie sits alone and reads every day. ______2. The students are selling candy for camp. ______3. Alfonso and Alex hit three homeruns today. ______4. He asks her to the dance all the time. ______5. Mary Lou and Nancy get high scores on the balance beam all the time. ______6. Mrs. Bowden’s class wins the contest every month.

CreateBetterWriters.com 24 Name: ______

I. Write “Singular” if the verb is singular. Write “Plural” if the verb is plural.

___Plural___ 1. sit ______6. pitches ______11. catches ______2. write ______7. earn ______12. reads ______3. crawl ______8. protects ______13. loves ______4. think ______9. buzz ______14. buy ______5. watches ______10. scratches ______15. receive

II. Put “ S ” above the subject and “ V ” above the verb. Write “ Singular ” if the subject and verb are singular. Write “ Plural ” if the subject and verb are plural. ______1. Squirrels save nuts for the winter. ______2. Dentists clean teeth carefully to prevent cavities. ______3. People buy lots of candy at Easter. ______4. Rover, my puppy, thinks he is Superdog. ______5. Carry and Melissa sing in the choir. ______6. For Memorial Day our class is writing letters to soldiers. ______7. The heart pumps thousands of times a day.

III. Circle the verb in parentheses which makes the correct subject-verb agreement. Above the subject and circled verb, write “ S “ or “ P ” if the subject and verb are singular or plural. S S 1. Steve ( repair , repairs ) cars for a living. 2. The balloons ( float , floats ) into the air. 3. Zack and Wendy ( know , knows ) how to get there. 4. Ynette ( ride , rides ) her horse, Hero, every week. 5. Paul and Richard ( teach , teaches ) their students well. 6. Our club ( build , builds ) go-carts in my garage. 7. The students ( enjoy , enjoys ) taking field trips to the zoo.

Extension: Time yourself writing the trick for subject-verb agreement. Write - “ Subject-Verb Agreement: If the subject is singular, the verb must be singular. If the subject is plural, the verb must be plural. ” Record your time. Repeat this four more times. See if you can beat your best time.

CreateBetterWriters.com 25 Name: ______

I. Write the subject-verb agreement rule: ______

II. Write “Singular” if the verb is singular. Write “Plural” if the verb is plural. ___Plural___ 1. fly ______4. staples ______7. cooks ______2. types ______5. sleeps ______8. graduate ______3. smells ______6. dives ______9. waits

III. Put “ S ” above the subject and “ V ” above the verb. Write “ Singular ” if the subject and verb are singular. Write “ Plural ” if the subject and verb are plural.

______1. The Salvation Army receives many donations during the holidays. ______2. Ants build their homes in the dirt. ______3. Dozens of cars race around the track at terrific speeds. ______4. Mr. Rodriguez teaches an after school math class. ______5. The planets orbit around the sun. ______6. Kim and Donna cheer for the Broncos. ______7. My mom always gives me a chocolate heart on Valentine’s Day. ______8. The dolphin plays with the trainer every day.

IV. Circle the verb in parentheses which makes the correct subject-verb agreement. Above the subject and circled verb, write “ S “ or “ P ” if the subject and verb are singular or plural.

1. The girls ( call , calls ) each other everyday. 2. Lynn ( jump , jumps ) off the high-dive all the time. 3. The large, dark castle ( sit , sits ) atop a spooky hill. 4. My team ( is , are ) in first place. 5. Water ( freeze , freezes ) at zero degrees Celsius. 6. Every morning in the spring, more flowers ( bloom , blooms ). 7. Their parents ( was , were ) happy to see them. 8. Snakes ( bite , bites ) if they feel threatened.

CreateBetterWriters.com 26 Name: ______

I. Write “Singular” if the verb is singular. Write “Plural” if the verb is plural. ___Plural___ 1. watch ______4. camp ______7. pack ______2. perform ______5. shares ______8. loves ______3. controls ______6. thinks ______9. dress

II. Put “ S ” above the subject and “ V ” above the verb. Write “Singular” if the subject and verb are singular. Write “ Plural ” if the subject and verb are plural. ______1. Sally gets A’s in all her classes except biology. ______2. Owls see very well at night. ______3. Several of our space shuttles fly into space every year. ______4. The politicians make speeches every year at this time to win votes. ______5. The St. Patrick’s Day parade is at 12:00. ______6. Temperatures in the Mojave Desert reach over 120 degrees. ______7. Jerry and Quan bring water to every game so we don’t get thirsty. ______8. Their team is in first place.

III. Circle the verb in parentheses which makes the correct subject-verb agreement. Above the subject and circled verb, write “ S “ or “ P ” if the subject and verb are singular or plural.

1. People ( throw , throws ) birdseed at the newlyweds. 2. “ Gentlemen, ( start , starts ) your engines! “ 3. The balloon ( rise , rises ) into the air. 4. My brother ( bowl , bowls ) every Saturday. 5. The winners ( is , are ) excited to be here. 6. Babies ( giggle , giggles ) when they are tickled. 7. Billy ( is , are ) feeling better. 8. The lion ( growl , growls ) if you get too close to the cage.

Extension: In the sentences from Part III above, each sentence has a verb that is NOT circled. Rewrite the sentence so that the verb not circled fits. Example: 1. A person throws birdseed at the newlyweds.

CreateBetterWriters.com 27 Name: ______

I. Write the subject-verb agreement rule: ______

II. Put “ S ” above the subject and “ V ” above the verb. Write “Singular” if the subject and verb are singular. Write “ Plural ” if the subject and verb are plural. ______1. Comets streak beautifully across the sky. ______2. Scientists watch the comets to learn about our universe. ______3. The Fourth of July honors the birth of a great country. ______4. Birds travel in flocks. ______5. The runner races to the finish line. ______6. Frank and Mike lift weights every day. ______7. Victor studies for every test he takes. ______8. Some flowers need bees to help reproduce. ______9. They gave the award to our class. ______10. She waits for the bus at 3:30 every day.

III. Circle the verb in parentheses which makes the correct subject-verb agreement. Above the subject and circled verb, write “ S “ or “ P ” if the subject and verb are singular or plural. 1. He ( bring , brings ) candy with him everyday. 2. Many new families ( live , lives ) in our neighborhood. 3. The dogs ( is , are ) happy to see their owner. 4. My mom ( park , parks ) in the shade on hot days. 5. Janet ( was , were ) tired after the long trip. 6. We all ( has , have ) an early morning class. 7. Those construction workers ( volunteer , volunteers ) on their days off. 8. Each state ( has , have ) its own constitution. 9. This battery ( last , lasts ) longer than any other. 10. Some cats ( play , plays ) with yarn for hours.

CreateBetterWriters.com 28 Name: ______

I. Write the subject-verb agreement rule: ______

II. Circle the verb in parentheses which makes the correct subject-verb agreement. Above the subject and circled verb, write “ S “ or “ P ” if the subject and verb are singular or plural. S S 1. Steve ( repair , repairs ) cars for a living. 2. Disease and heat ( cause , causes ) problems for many travelers. 3. The monkey ( play , plays ) all day. 4. My pool ( leak , leaks ) a gallon of water every day. 5. A hotdog and a coke ( cost , costs ) a lot at the movies. 6. The waiter ( is , are ) very helpful. 7. Police officers ( arrest , arrests ) people who break the law. 8. We ( has , have ) a good relationship with our parents. 9. My mom ( put , puts ) a dollar under my pillow for my tooth. 10. The shoppers ( grab , grabs ) at the shirts before they are all gone. 11. The girls ( was , were ) excited about the concert. 12. We ( read , reads ) a book a week .

III. Circle the mistake in each sentence. Next, write the correct verb on the line to the left. _____drives_____ 1. My family drive to Oklahoma every summer. ______2. Jim and Benito plays the trumpet. ______3. They jogs five miles a day. ______4. They is working for the church. ______5. Mrs. Frindle tell good stories. ______6. Emily and Susana is in the play. ______7. The cats plays with yarn. ______8. He play in the water all the time. ______9. The students says the alphabet in the morning. ______10. Sally run on the treadmill for an hour.

CreateBetterWriters.com 29 I. Simple Subjects and Predicates Find three sentences that are five ( 5 ) words or less. Copy the sentences below. Write the simple subject and the simple predicate below the sentence.

1. ______Simple Subject - ______Simple Predicate - ______2. ______Simple Subject - ______Simple Predicate - ______3. ______Simple Subject - ______Simple Predicate - ______

II. Complete Subjects and Predicates Find any two sentences. Copy the complete subject below on the line marked “Complete Subject.” Copy the complete predicate on the line marked “Complete Predicate.” 1. Complete Subject - ______Complete Predicate - ______2. Complete Subject - ______Complete Predicate - ______

III. Finding the Subject Copy two sentences that are ten ( 10 ) words or longer. Cross out any prepositional phrases. Put an S above the simple subject and P above the simple predicate. 1. ______2. ______

IV. Phrases and Clauses Find three ( 3 ) phrases and three ( 3 ) clauses. Phrases: Clauses: A. ______A. ______B. ______B. ______C. ______C. ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 30 Name: ______

I. Parts of a Sentence Directions: Underline the complete subject once and the complete predicate twice. Write the simple subject and simple predicates on the lines below the sentence. Watch out for imperatives.

1. In the blink of an eye the ball flew past the batter. Simple Subject: ______Simple Predicate ______2. Before the concert, a funny comedian told some jokes. Simple Subject: ______Simple Predicate ______3. Stop at the store for some milk. Simple Subject: ______Simple Predicate ______4. Dozens of donuts fell to the floor. Simple Subject: ______Simple Predicate ______5. With an eraser on his head the boy raced around the tables. Simple Subject: ______Simple Predicate ______

II. Imperatives Directions: Write the subject of the sentence on the line to the left. If the sentence is an imperative, write “you” on the line. ______1. Our science test had questions about the planets. ______2. Brush your hair before taking the picture. ______3. During the concert, dancers flipped across the stage. ______4. Make your bed before school. ______5. Whenever you play tag, be careful not to hurt anyone.

III. Phrases, Clauses, and Sentences Directions: Write “Phrase”, “Clause”, or “Sentence” next to each word. 1. UNTIL THE MOVIE STARTS - ______7. UP THE LADDER - ______

2. DAN LAUGHED - ______8. EATING ICECREAM - ______

3. SO TOM CAN PLAY - ______9. WE WROTE A LETTER - ______

4. WHILE THE DOGS BARKED - ______10. THAT DRESS IS NICE - ______

5. BEFORE SCHOOL - ______11. OUTSIDE THE HOUSE - ______

6. BILL RODE A HORSE - ______12. IF WE DO OUR HOMEWORK -______

CreateBetterWriters.com 31 IV. Fragment and Run-On Sentences Directions: On the line, write F if the sentence is a fragment, write S if it is a sentence, and RO if it is a run-on.

1. ______The ball bounced across the floor then it hit a table and it knocked over a glass.

2. ______The best dancer in the world.

3. ______Amy played a song at the concert without using any sheet music.

V. Subject - Verb Agreement Explain the Subject-Verb Agreement rule: If the subject is ______, the verb must be ______; if the subject is ______, the verb must be ______.

Directions: Circle the mistake in each sentence. Next, write the correct verb on the line to the left. If the sentence is correct, write “Correct as is” on the line.

Example: ____play______The dog and cat plays together.

______1. My brother and sister is twins.

______2. He sing very well.

______3. Tom and Jerry run quickly.

______4. We likes to ride our bikes.

CreateBetterWriters.com 32 Name: ______

1. During the game, a light rain fell onto the field. Simple Subject: ______Simple Predicate ______2. Hundreds of stars shined in the sky. Simple Subject: ______Simple Predicate ______3. With a smile on his face the nice man showed us how to get to the store. Simple Subject: ______Simple Predicate ______4. Wait at the corner for me. Simple Subject: ______Simple Predicate ______5. For the first time in my life I stayed home alone without being afraid. Simple Subject: ______Simple Predicate ______

II. Imperatives Directions: Write the subject of the sentence on the line to the left. If the sentence is an imperative, write “you” on the line. ______1. Go to the store for a dozen eggs. ______2. My reading teacher gave us an assignment to do a book report. ______3. After the game, the cheerleaders ran onto the field. ______4. When my friends come over, stay in your bedroom and play games. ______5. Wait at the corner for your mom to pick you up.

III. Phrases, Clauses, and Sentences Directions: Write “Phrase”, “Clause”, or “Sentence” next to each word.

1. HER HAIR LOOKS FUNNY - ______7. DOWN THE STAIRS - ______

2. PLAYING CHECKERS - ______8. UNTIL THE GAME IS OVER - ______

3. KIM SMILED - ______9. WE READ THE BOOK - ______

4. AFTER THE BOAT SANK - ______10. IF THE TEAM WINS - ______

5. AT NOON - ______11. INTO THE HOUSE - ______

6. SO MOM CAN REST - ______12. VAL LIT A CANDLE - ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 33 IV. Fragment and Run-On Sentences Directions: On the line, write F if the sentence is a fragment, write S if it is a sentence, and RO if it is a run-on.

1. ______The bike rolled down the hill then it rolled across the grass and it hit the wall.

2. ______All the money in the world.

3. ______The cat climbed up the tree and jumped upon the fence and went into our yard.

4. ______Brittany sang a song.

5. ______Without asking any of the other people in the club.

V. Subject - Verb Agreement Explain the Subject-Verb Agreement rule: If the subject is ______, the verb must be ______; if the subject is ______, the verb must be ______.

Directions: Circle the mistake in each sentence. Next, write the correct verb on the line to the left. If the sentence is correct, write “Correct as is” on the line.

Example: ____play______The dog and cat plays together.

______1. They plays in the snow.

______2. Mom and Dad say that we’re going to the beach today.

______3. Ryan jog in the park.

______4. Hugo and Kevin is best friends.

______5. The dogs bark everyday when they see the mailman.

______6. The class say the Pledge of Allegiance everyday.

CreateBetterWriters.com 34 I. Parts of a Sentence Directions: Underline the complete subject once and the complete predicate twice. Write the simple subject and simple predicates on the lines below the sentence. Watch out for imperatives.

1. During the game, a light rain fell onto the field. Simple Subject: ___rain____ Simple Predicate ___fell_____ 2. Hundreds of stars shined in the sky. Simple Subject: __Hundreds__ Simple Predicate __shined__ 3. With a smile on his face the nice man showed us how to get to the store. Simple Subject: __man__ Simple Predicate __showed__ 4. Wait at the corner for me. Simple Subject: ___you___ Simple Predicate ____wait____ 5. For the first time in my life I stayed home alone without being afraid. Simple Subject: _____I_____ Simple Predicate ___stayed___

II. Imperatives Directions: Write the subject of the sentence on the line to the left. If the sentence is an imperative, write “you” on the line. ______You_____ 1. Go to the store for a dozen eggs. ____teacher___ 2. My reading teacher gave us an assignment to do a book report. _cheerleaders_ 3. After the game, the cheerleaders ran onto the field. ______You_____ 4. When my friends come over, stay in your bedroom and play games. ______You_____ 5. Wait at the corner for your mom to pick you up.

III. Phrases, Clauses, and Sentences Directions: Write “Phrase”, “Clause”, or “Sentence” next to each word.

1. HER HAIR LOOKS FUNNY - __Sentence__ 7. DOWN THE STAIRS - __ Phrase___

2. PLAYING CHECKERS - __Phrase__ 8. UNTIL THE GAME IS OVER - __ Clause___

3. KIM SMILED - __ Sentence__ 9. WE READ THE BOOK - __ Sentence__

4. AFTER THE BOAT SANK - ___Clause___ 10. IF THE TEAM WINS - __ Clause__

5. AT NOON - __ Phrase__ 11. INTO THE HOUSE - ___ Phrase___

6. SO MOM CAN REST - ___ Clause___ 12. VAL LIT A CANDLE - _ Sentence_

CreateBetterWriters.com 35 IV. Fragment and Run-On Sentences Directions: On the line, write F if the sentence is a fragment, write S if it is a sentence, and RO if it is a run-on.

1. __RO__ The bike rolled down the hill then it rolled across the grass and it hit the wall.

2. ___F__ All the money in the world.

3. __ RO__ The cat climbed up the tree and jumped upon the fence and went into our yard.

4. ___S__ Brittany sang a song.

5. __ F___ Without asking any of the other people in the club.

V. Subject - Verb Agreement Explain the Subject-Verb Agreement rule: If the subject is ___singular___, the verb must be ___ singular___; if the subject is ___Plural___, the verb must be ___ Plural____.

Directions: Circle the mistake in each sentence. Next, write the correct verb on the line to the left. If the sentence is correct, write “Correct as is” on the line.

Example: ____play______The dog and cat plays together. ______play______1. They plays in the snow. ______Correct as is______2. Mom and Dad say that we’re going to the beach today. ______jogs______3. Ryan jog in the park. ______are______4. Hugo and Kevin is best friends. ______Correct as is______5. The dogs bark everyday when they see the mailman. ______says______6. The class say the Pledge of Allegiance everyday.

CreateBetterWriters.com 36 Complex Sentences

Sentence Combining

Three Types of Sentences

CreateBetterWriters.com 37 Grammar Standards – Unit 2

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Complex Sentences 2. Sentence Combining 3. Three Types of Sentences

Grammar Standards – Unit 2

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Complex Sentences 2. Sentence Combining 3. Three Types of Sentences

CreateBetterWriters.com 38 Name: ______

You’ve already learned that a clause has a subject and a verb. There are two kinds of clauses: 1. An independent clause 2. A dependent clause Dependent Clause: A dependent clause has a subject and a verb. However, it has NO complete thought. It needs an independent clause. Therefore, it is dependent on the independent clause. Example: After Tyler called his friend. . . . Subject = Tyler Verb = Called

Independent Clause: An independent clause has a subject, verb, and a complete thought. It is a sentence. Example: He met him at the park.

Simple Sentence: A simple sentence only has a subject and a complete predicate. Examples: The dog barked. / The big, hairy dog with sharp teeth barked at the mailman. Complex Sentence: A dependent clause needs an independent clause. When you put the two together, you have a complex sentence. Examples: When the mailman arrived, the dog barked. Dependent clause Independent Clause

Subordinate Conjunctions: Subordinate conjunctions connect a dependent clause with an independent clause. Here are some examples: after although because before if once unless until whenever while

Directions: Write “Dependent Clause” under the dependent clause and “Independent Clause” under the independent clause. Circle the subordinate conjunction.

1. The mailman wouldn’t deliver our mail after my dog bit him in the leg. Independent Clause Dependent Clause 2. Sarah could have done better on the assignment although she did receive an A. 3. Because she didn’t say, “Mother may I?” she had to start over.

4. Before my mom would let me spend the night, she had to talk to Jamie’s mom.

5. If you study for the test, you will do much better.

6. Once the play started, we were not allowed to talk.

7. We won’t be able to play unless the rain stops by noon.

8. Rex practiced his guitar until he could play the song perfectly.

9. Whenever I think about my third grade teacher, I have a warm feeling inside.

10. We played games while the adults sat and talked.

CreateBetterWriters.com 39 Name: ______

Directions: Write “Dependent Clause” under the dependent clause and “Independent Clause” under the independent clause. Circle the subordinate conjunction. 1. The mailman wouldn’t deliver our mail after my dog bit him in the leg. Independent Clause Dependent Clause 2. Because we were all so tired, we decided to go home early.

3. Unless we do all of our homework, we won’t be able to play.

4. My dog waited at the door for us until we got home.

5. Although none of us wanted to leave, we had to be home before midnight.

6. If Charlie doesn’t stop teasing that dog, the dog is going to bite him.

7. We took pictures while the monkeys swung from the trees.

8. Whenever my sister gets in trouble, my dad makes her weed the garden.

9. Once school starts, you need a pass to get into your class.

10. Before you accuse someone of stealing your pencil, make sure it isn’t just lost.

11. I had to go to the dentist because my back tooth started to hurt.

12. After I finished my project, I asked my dad to check it for mistakes.

13. If I had hit the ball five more feet, it would have been a homerun.

14. We could not go to the movies until my baby sister woke up from her nap.

15. Alice played the piano while Mary played her flute.

Extension: Use each subordinate conjunction below in a complex sentence. Skip lines. When finished, write “Independent Clause” under the independent clauses and “Dependent Clause” below the dependent clauses. after because before if once unless when wherever whether while

CreateBetterWriters.com 40 Name: ______

Directions: Use the dependent clause in parentheses to turn the simple sentences below into complex sentences. 1. Dependent Clause: ( as the students entered the room ) The teacher passed out their homework. ______2. Dependent Clauses: ( while Jennifer painted a picture ) Amy cut out stars ______3. Dependent Clause: ( whenever I get in trouble ) I have to sit in time-out. ______

4. Dependent Clauses: ( if we all work together ) We can finish in an hour. ______

5. Dependent Clauses: ( so he won’t get sick ) He takes his vitamins every day. ______

Extension: Write three ( 3 ) simple sentences. Next, turn them into complex sentences by adding dependent clauses. Use the subordinate conjunctions below for ideas. after as because before if once since so unless when whenever wherever whether while

CreateBetterWriters.com 41 Name: ______

Directions: Write a dependent clause that turns the simple sentence into a complex sentence. Use the subordinate conjunctions in the extension below for ideas.

1. _While we sang at the concert_ , parents recorded the show with their video cameras.

2. ______, we will be going to camp.

3. ______, Dad changed the flat tire.

4. The police searched every house ______.

5. I like to eat cotton candy ______.

6. ______, you can go to the movies on Saturday.

7. ______, everyone stopped what they were doing.

8. We talked on the phone for hours ______.

9. We had a hard time finding our way home ______.

10. ______, the girls did each others’ hair.

11. ______, we’ll have to take two cars.

12. ______, we sang camp songs for hours.

13. Dawn and I couldn’t stop giggling ______.

14. We stared into space with our mouths wide open ______.

15. Timmy hopped from one foot to the other ______.

Extension: Your dog has escaped and wants to play hide and seek. It’s your job to track him down. Write a one paragraph story about your attempts to catch him. Use at least three ( 3 ) complex sentences. Use the subordinate conjunctions below for ideas.

after as because before if once since so unless when whenever wherever whether while

CreateBetterWriters.com 42 Name: ______

Directions: Write a dependent clause that turns the simple sentence into a complex sentence.

1. __While we sang at the concert__ , parents recorded the show with their video cameras.

2. ______, I froze like a statue.

3. ______, the officer walked into the room and asked, “Who’s in charge here?” 4. Patsy put her face in her hands and started crying ______.

5. We bought a huge tub of popcorn ______.

6. ______, the boys began chucking snowballs everywhere.

7. ______, the captain had to wash the deck of the boat.

8. The kids jumped in the air and screamed ______.

9. Rover did all kinds of tricks ______.

10. ______, Frank wondered why no one was here.

11. ______, the teacher wrote their homework on the board.

12. ______, a bear broke into our tent and ate our food.

13. We waited in line for tickets ______.

14. Julian stuffed a dozen marshmallows into his mouth ______.

15. Everyone stampeded out of the room ______.

Extension: Think of a task that can be explained easily. For example, you can explain how to make a peanut butter and jelly sandwich. Write a one paragraph explanation of how to do that task. Use at least three ( 3 ) complex sentences. Use the subordinate conjunctions below for ideas. after as because before if once since so unless when whenever wherever whether while

CreateBetterWriters.com 43 Name: ______

Being able to combine sentences can help you write more smoothly. Many times you can say things in one sentence better than you can say them in two. These worksheets will help you practice sentence combining. Pay close attention to the new sentences created so you can start making longer, smoother sentences.

Sentence Combining Tricks 1. Sharing Important Words 2. Making Phrases 3. Join Sentences

Sometimes you can eliminate needless sentences by taking key words from other sentences and putting them into one sentence. Look at the samples below: Two Sentences: The milk spoiled. It was two weeks old. Combined Sentence: The two week old milk spoiled.

Several Sentences: The water was cold. The water was dirty. The water was polluted. Combined Sentence: The water was cold, dirty, and polluted.

Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite the following sentences into one smooth sentence. You will need to share important words to combine these sentences. Remember, there may be many ways to combine each of these sentences.

1. The high school band gave a concert. It lasted for an hour. 2. Mom bought me a shirt. Next, she bought me some shoes. Then she bought me pants. 3. I received a letter from my friend Ashley. It was three pages long. 4. We waited for Paul. We waited for Peter. We waited for Mary. 5. Gina made a cake for her dad’s birthday. The cake was chocolate with sprinkles. 6. We found a puppy wandering the streets. It was small with black spots. 7. This week in class I wrote a poem. Also, I wrote a song. Then, I wrote a story. 8. My cat can climb a tree. She can also climb a fence. She can climb anything else she wants. 9. He was upset about his toy. It was broken. 10. When you draw a clown, be sure to give it a funny nose. Also, give it a big mouth. Then give it wide eyes.

CreateBetterWriters.com 44 Name: ______

Sentence Combining Tricks 1. Sharing Important Words 2. Making Phrases 3. Join Sentences

Appositives: Sometimes we use an entire sentence describing something, when we could have just used a phrase in another sentence. Example: Two Sentences: Mr. Jones is my coach. He taught me how to bunt a baseball. Combined Sentence with Appositive: Mr. Jones, my coach, taught me how to bunt a baseball.

Phrases: Sometimes we can take a phrase from another sentence and use it to combine two sentences. Several Sentences: Henry went to get some paper. He went down the hall. Combined Sentence: Henry went down the hall to get some paper.

Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite the following sentences into one smooth sentence. You will need to take phrases from one sentence and add them to the other sentence. Remember, there may be many ways to combine each of these sentences.

1. Francisco is my neighbor. We walk to school together every day. 2. Kyle threw the ball. It went into the bushes. 3. Tim scored twenty points in our game last week. Tim is our captain. 4. The students enjoyed signing each others’ yearbooks. They signed them under the tree. 5. The Battling Butterflies won the championship. They are my sister’s softball team. 6. We drove all the way to Flagstaff. We rode in our Chevy Venture. 7. Chuck carried the box to the class. It was filled with reading books. 8. Our choir sang “Friends Forever” at graduation. “Friends Forever” was selected by student council. 9. All the girls in the class gave Antonio a valentine last February. He’s the nicest boy in the class. 10. Mom went to talk to our neighbor. She lives across the street. 11. Mr. Derker is my piano teacher. He has been teaching me for three years. 12. Monique wrote a poem. It was about pandas.

CreateBetterWriters.com 45 Name: ______

Sentence Combining Tricks 1. Sharing Important Words 2. Making Phrases 3. Join Sentences Compound Sentences: When there are two sentences that share a similar thought, you can combine them into a compound sentence. A comma is placed at the end of the first sentence and a coordinate conjunction is used to connect the two sentences. Two Sentences: We are having a party. All of my friends are invited. Compound Sentence: We are having a party, and all of my friends are invited. Complex Sentence: Sometimes two sentences can share a complete thought. You have already learned that complex sentences have a dependent clause and an independent clause. In some cases, you can take a clause from one sentence and make it the dependent clause in another sentence. Two Sentences: Dad is going to take us to get pizza. We’re going after he drives Mom to the airport. Complex Sentence: After Dad drives Mom to the airport, he’s going to take us to get pizza.

Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite the following sentences into one smooth sentence. You will need to make compound or complex sentences. Remember, there may be many ways to combine each of these sentences. 1. We wanted to see the movie. It was sold out. 2. Tony won an award. He was the fastest runner in the school. 3. Ashley won an award. She received it last Wednesday. 4. The choir practiced for a half an hour. They practiced before going on stage. 5. Mom did her grocery shopping. At the same time, we played video games. 6. Tomorrow we might go to the beach. We might also go to the park. 7. Our football captain rings the victory bell. He rings it whenever we win a game. 8. The bell rang. Everyone raced out of the classrooms. 9. We moved to the front row. We had to move so we could see better. 10. I had a hamburger for dinner. I had ice-cream for dessert. 11. I got a radio for my birthday. I wanted a bike. 12. I had to go back to my house. I forgot my lunch.

CreateBetterWriters.com 46 Name: ______

Sentence Combining Tricks 1. Sharing Important Words 2. Making Phrases 3. Join Sentences

Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite the following sentences into one smooth sentence. There may be many ways to combine each of these sentences.

1. The baby learned how to crawl. She was five months old. 2. I help Mrs. Snodgrass after school. She was my fourth grade teacher. 3. My dad went on a business trip. He went across the country. 4. I bought a hotdog. I ate it under a tree. 5. We had to take a shower. Then we could go in the pool. 6. We went into the park. We went across the field. We went onto the swings. 7. The United States has people from almost every country. It’s the best country in the world. 8. Mr. Simon corrected our papers. At the same time we drew our illustrations. 9. Amy won the lottery. It was worth a million dollars. 10. Michael collected fifty worms for our fishing trip. He got them from our back yard. 11. I scored twenty points yesterday. We lost anyway. 12. Rex barked at the mailman. Next, he barked at our neighbor. Finally, he barked at me. 13. Our coach is taking us to the batting cages. His name is Mr. Henderson. 14. We cut down our tree. Now there is more room to play. 15. The police officer gave a ticket to the driver. The ticket was for speeding. 16. Our class sang a song at the assembly. It was about America. 17. We can save twenty dollars. We have to sign up for ballet lessons today. 18. Before I could eat I had to wash my hands. Then I had to set the table. Finally, I had to make the lemonade. 19. Number Blaster will help me with my math. It is a new computer program. 20. We can go on the Ferris wheel. We can go on the Merry-go-round.

CreateBetterWriters.com 47 Name: ______

Sentence Combining Tricks 1. Sharing Important Words 2. Making Phrases 3. Join Sentences

Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite the following sentences into one smooth sentence. There may be many ways to combine each of these sentences. 1. We had pizza for dinner. It was pepperoni. 2. Shirley is the captain of our cheer team. She created several new cheers for us. 3. We had to search for our lost ball. It rolled into the bushes. 4. We made chocolate cake for the class. It melted in the car. 5. Mikea won a new bicycle. She sold more cookies than anyone. 6. The barber washed my hair. Then he cut it. Finally, he styled it. 7. Peanut was eaten by Slim. Peanut was my mouse and Slim is my snake. 8. My baby sister cries. She does that whenever my mom leaves the house. 9. The boy rode his bike without his training wheels. He was five years old. 10. I went swimming at the beach. I stayed in the water for an hour. 11. I had to hide my new game from my brother. It had to be in a very safe place. 12. The fireman connected the hose. Next, he dragged it to the house. Then, he turned on the water. 13. We’re going to the movies. We’ll go after I mow the lawn. 14. You can play on the swings. You can skate around the park. 15. We jumped into the water and jumped right back out. The water was cold. 16. Mrs. Trigs is my math teacher. She explains fractions very well. 17. We had to go to another store to find the video. The store was all the way across town. 18. The doctor took my temperature. He checked my throat. He gave me some medicine. 19. Our class will have a pizza party. We all need to do our homework for a month. 20. The first forty people to show up received free posters. The people had to be wearing red.

CreateBetterWriters.com 48 Name: ______

Let’s review three types of sentences: 1. Simple Sentence: A sentence with only a subject and a predicate. Examples: The dog barked. OR The big, mean dog barked ferociously at the cat in the tree. 2. Compound Sentence: A sentence with two independent clauses joined by a comma and coordinate conjunction. Example: The dog barked, and the cat ran away. 3. Complex Sentence: A sentence with an independent clause and a dependent clause. Example: When the dog barked, the cat ran away.

Directions: The sentences below are simple, complex, or compound sentences. Read the sentence then circle the letter below that describes the sentence.

Example: Whenever I’m sick, my mom makes chicken soup. A. simple sentence B. compound sentence C. complex sentence

1. Everyone enjoyed listening to the band at the concert. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

2. We arrived at the game, and the usher showed us to our seats. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

3. Unless we raise more money, we can’t go on the field trip. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

4. The bell rang, and the boxers came out fighting. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

5. When the singer walked into the room, the girls went crazy. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence 6. On Sunday Dad mowed the tall green grass in the front yard. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

CreateBetterWriters.com 49 Name: ______

I. Directions: The sentences below are simple, complex, or compound sentences. Read the sentence then circle the letter below that describes the sentence.

1. When a colonial man greeted a lady, he would bow and tip his hat. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

2. The colonists formed a militia to protect their homes from attack. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

3. An apprentice learned a trade from a skilled worker while helping assist at his shop. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

4. Young children played, but they were put to work at an early age. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

5. Many colonial shops ordered goods from England so the colonist could enjoy fancy items. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

6. Colonists enjoyed dancing with each other late into the night. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

II. Directions: For each topic below, write a simple sentence. Next, use the same sentence to write a complex sentence by adding a dependent clause. Finally, use the same sentence to write a compound sentence by adding a comma, a coordinate conjunction, and another sentence. Example: School Simple Sentence: __Mr. Sabel is a funny teacher.__ Complex Sentence: __Whenever he teaches science, Mr. Sabel is a funny teacher.__ Compound Sentence: __Mr. Sabel is a funny teacher, and I wish he could be my teacher __next year too.______1. School Simple Sentence: ______Complex Sentence: ______Compound Sentence: ______2. Friends Simple Sentence: ______Complex Sentence: ______Compound Sentence: ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 50 3. Music Simple Sentence: ______Complex Sentence: ______Compound Sentence: ______

4. Sports Simple Sentence: ______Complex Sentence: ______Compound Sentence: ______

5. A Party Simple Sentence: ______Complex Sentence: ______Compound Sentence: ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 51 Name: ______

I. Directions: The sentences below are simple, complex, or compound sentences. Read the sentence then circle the letter below that describes the sentence.

1. The children went trick-or-treating, and the grandparents passed out candy. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

2. As the movie started, everyone got comfortable in their seats. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

3. A small white poodle did a bunch of tricks in front of our house. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

4. We couldn’t play outside until we cleaned our rooms. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

5. The lady walked into the room, handed the man a note, and left quietly. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

6. The movie started, but it was so soft that we couldn’t hear it. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

1. Summer Vacation Simple Sentence: ______Complex Sentence: ______Compound Sentence: ______2. Holidays Simple Sentence: ______Complex Sentence: ______Compound Sentence: ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 52 3. Exercise Simple Sentence: ______Complex Sentence: ______Compound Sentence: ______

4. The Beach Simple Sentence: ______Complex Sentence: ______Compound Sentence: ______

5. Favorite Book Simple Sentence: ______Complex Sentence: ______Compound Sentence: ______

Extension: Write two ( 2 ) simple sentences, two ( 2 ) complex sentences, two ( 2 ) compound sentences about things that happen during the holidays. Below are some subordinate conjunctions to help. after as because before if once since so unless when whenever wherever whether while

CreateBetterWriters.com 53 Name ______

I. Simple and Complete Subjects and Predicates

Use any literature book to find examples of the items below: A. Copy any sentence that is ten ( 10 ) words or longer. ______1. The simple subject of the sentence is ______2. The predicate is ______3. Complete Subject: ______4. Complete Predicate ______

II. Phrases and Clauses A. Find three phrases: 1. ______2. ______3. ______

B. Find three dependent clauses: 1. ______2. ______3. ______

C. Find three subordinate conjunctions: 1. ______2. ______3. ______

III. Types of Sentences A. Find a compound sentence. Copy it below: ______

B. Find a complex sentence. Copy it below: ______

C. Find an imperative. Copy it below: ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 54 Name: ______

I. Complex Sentences Directions: Write “Independent Clause” if the clause in bold type is an independent clause. Write “Dependent Clause” if the clause in bold type is a dependent clause.

1. After the plane landed, the pilot asked the people to stay in their seats. ______2. If we stay very quiet, the puppy might let us pet him. ______3. Janet always shares her lunch whenever there is someone who needs food. ______4. The children played in the snow while the parents made a fire in the cabin. ______5. Because you studied for this test, I’m sure you will do well. ______

II. Sentence Combining Directions: Rewrite the following sentences into one smooth sentence. Remember, there may be many ways to combine each of these sentences. 1. The flower smelled good. It was a pretty flower. ______2. Dan wrote a report for Mr. Jones. It was about mummies. ______3. Dad was angry. He did not yell. ______4. Mrs. Briggs came to my graduation. She is my second grade teacher. ______5. Henry went to the park. He went with his friends. ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 55 III. Three Types of Sentences Directions: The sentences below are simple, complex, or compound sentences. Read the sentence then circle the letter below that describes the sentence. 1. The little boy picked up the ball, kicked it, and ran across the field to get it back. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

2. While Mom baked a birthday cake, we decorated the house for the party. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

3. A scared little bird flew into the restaurant, but it was able to fly away. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

4. We always buy popcorn whenever we go to the movies. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

5. The students went into the auditorium, and the assembly started on time. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

6. There were four large hot pizzas waiting for us after the game. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

CreateBetterWriters.com 56 I. Complex Sentences Directions: Write “Independent Clause” if the clause in bold type is an independent clause. Write “Dependent Clause” if the clause in bold type is a dependent clause.

1. After the plane landed, the pilot asked the people to stay in their seats. ______Dependent Clause______2. If we stay very quiet, the puppy might let us pet him. ______Independent Clause______3. Janet always shares her lunch whenever there is someone who needs food. ______Independent Clause______4. The children played in the snow while the parents made a fire in the cabin. ______Dependent Clause______5. Because you studied for this test, I’m sure you will do well. ______Dependent Clause______

II. Sentence Combining Directions: Rewrite the following sentences into one smooth sentence. Remember, there may be many ways to combine each of these sentences. 1. The flower smelled good. It was a pretty flower. ___ The pretty flower smelled good.______2. Dan wrote a report for Mr. Jones. It was about mummies. ___ Dan wrote a report about mummies for Mr. Jones.______3. Dad was angry. He did not yell. ___ Dad was angry, but he did not yell.______4. Mrs. Briggs came to my graduation. She is my second grade teacher. ___ Mrs. Briggs, my second grade teacher, came to my graduation.______5. Henry went to the park. He went with his friends. ___ Henry went to the park with his friends.______

CreateBetterWriters.com 57 III. Three Types of Sentences Directions: The sentences below are simple, complex, or compound sentences. Read the sentence then circle the letter below that describes the sentence. 1. The little boy picked up the ball, kicked it, and ran across the field to get it back. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

2. While Mom baked a birthday cake, we decorated the house for the party.

A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

3. A scared little bird flew into the restaurant, but it was able to fly away. A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

4. We always buy popcorn whenever we go to the movies.

A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

5. The students went into the auditorium, and the assembly started on time.

A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

6. There were four large hot pizzas waiting for us after the game.

A. Simple Sentence B. Complex Sentence C. Compound Sentence

CreateBetterWriters.com 58 Define the Parts of Speech

Identify the Parts of Speech

Misplaced Modifiers

CreateBetterWriters.com 59 Grammar Standards – Unit 3

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Define the Parts of Speech 2. Identify the Parts of Speech 3. Adverb or Preposition

Grammar Standards – Unit 3

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Define the Parts of Speech 2. Identify the Parts of Speech 3. Adverb or Preposition

CreateBetterWriters.com 60 Name: ______

Take this practice test to see how much you know. Fill in the blanks with the correct words.

1. Noun – A noun names a ______, ______, or ______.

List three examples: ______, ______, ______

2. Pronoun – A pronoun takes the place of a ______.

List three examples: ______, ______, ______

3. Verb – A verb shows ______or states a ______.

4. Adjective – Adjectives describe ______. They answer the questions: ______? / ______? / ______? Big car Two cars Several cars

5. Adverb – Adverbs describe ______, ______, and other ______. They answer the questions: ______? ______? ______? ______? Ran slowly ran early ran there ran too slow

6. Preposition – A preposition ______.

Example: She walked into the room. “Into” connects walked to ______.

7. Conjunction – Conjunctions are ______words.

List three examples: ______, ______, ______

8. Interjections – Interjections are words or groups of words that ______. An exclamation point (!) should always follow an interjection. List three examples: ______, ______, ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 61 For the teacher: Below are the answers to the pretest. The next section asks the students to draw pictures and memorize sentences that will help them remember the parts of speech. The instructions give the students flexibility to draw the pictures any size they wish. I recommend that you give them specific guidelines that fit the needs of your classroom. For example, if you would like to use the pictures as bulletin board displays, the students will need to draw larger pictures. Below is a sample format:

Nouns Pronouns

Picture of a Nun Picture of a Professional at a Church, Wearing a Ring Nun at a School, Holding the Ring

The nun went to the church wearing She went to their school wearing it. a ring: person, place, or thing.

Answers to the Pretest:

Definitions Noun – A noun names a person, place, or thing. boy, school, ball.

Pronoun – A pronoun takes the place of a noun. he, me, it

Verb – A verb shows action or states a fact. He hit the ball. (action) He is tall. (fact)

Adjective – Adjectives describe nouns. They answer the questions: What kind ? / How many ? / How much ? Big car Two cars Several cars

Adverb – Adverbs describe verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs. They answer the questions: How ? When ? Where ? To What Extent ? ran slowly ran early ran there ran too slowly

Preposition – A preposition connects one word in a sentence to another word in the sentence. Example: She walked into the room. Into connects walked to room.

Conjunction – Conjunctions are connecting words. and, but, or

Interjections – Interjections are words or groups of words that express emotion. An exclamation point (!) should always follow an interjection. Examples: Wow! You’re cool! Oh my goodness! I lost!

CreateBetterWriters.com 62 Name: ______

Noun: A noun names a person, place, or thing.

The Trick: Whenever you think of a noun, think of a “nun”. A nun is a person. Think of a nun going to a church. A church is a place. Now think of a nun, going to a church, wearing a ring. A ring is a thing. In the box, draw a picture of a Nun, going to a Church, wearing a Ring. As you draw, think of the definition of a noun. At the bottom of the picture write: “The nun went to the church wearing a ring: person, place ______or thing.” ______

Nouns Practice Directions: Write “Person”, “Place”, or “Thing” next to each noun below. 1. waiter - ______9. field - ______17. tire - ______

2. zoo - ______10. ball - ______18. friend- ______

3. player- ______11. room - ______19. kitchen - ______

4. ring - ______12. student - ______20. grass - ______

5. store - ______13. doctor - ______21. thought - ______

6. watch - ______14. computer - ______22. partner - ______

7. coach- ______15. office- ______23. school - ______

8. kindness - ______16. president - ______24. happiness - ______

Extension: Make a list of 15 nouns: 5 people, 5 places, and 5 things.

CreateBetterWriters.com 63 Name: ______

Pronoun: A pronoun takes the place of a noun.

The Trick: Think of a nun wearing a suit, carrying a briefcase. She is a professional. On a wall, she sees three signs that say “nun”, “church”, “ring”. She paints “she” on top of “nun”. She paints “there” on top of “place”. Finally, she paints “it” on top of “ring”. In the box, draw a picture of the professional nun painting the picture described above. At the bottom of the picture ______write: “The professional nun replaces the ______nouns with pronouns.

Pronoun Practice Directions: How many pronouns can replace the nouns below? Write as many as possible for each noun below.

Example: Kim – She, her, hers

1. Bill - ______

2. Karen and I - ______

3. book - ______

4. California - ______

5. Joy and Dawn - ______

6. Write your name here: ______- ______

Extension: Use any five ( 5 ) pronouns from this worksheet in a sentence.

CreateBetterWriters.com 64 Name: ______

Write the definition of a Noun below: Write the definition of a Pronoun below: ______

I. For each word below, write “Noun” if it is a noun and “Pronoun” if it is a pronoun. Explain your answer on the line below. Write “Person”, “Place”, or “Thing” if it is a noun. Write “Takes a noun’s place” if it is a pronoun.

1. bike - ___Noun____ 6. garden - ______11. hotdog - ______Thing______2. door - ______7. it - ______12. toy - ______3. she - ______8. them - ______13. our - ______4. us - ______9. song - ______14. milk - ______5. driver - ______10. I - ______15. him - ______

II. In the story below, circle all the nouns and underline all the pronouns. “ Where are we going? ” asked Kimberly. The family was in the car, but only Dad knew where they were headed. Kimberly was so excited she couldn’t stand it. It was her birthday, and Dad had promised a big surprise. “I can’t tell you. Our destination is a secret. You will just have to wait for us to get there.” 11 They pulled into a parking lot. Dad pulled out his wallet, and he handed a man a ticket. It was a backstage pass to Universal Studios. Kimberly was thrilled. She leaned forward and kissed him on the cheek. His day, her day, all of their day was going to be wonderful. Did you find all 22 nouns? Did you find all 20 pronouns ?

CreateBetterWriters.com 65 Name: ______

Verb: A verb shows action or states a fact. The Trick: Follow the steps below: Step 1 Step 2 1. Hold two fingers up and make a “V”. Say “Verb”. 2. Turn the “V” upside down and make an “A” with a finger on your other hand. The “A” stands for “Action”. Now say, “A verb is an action word.” 3. Now, use the two fingers that made the “V” and put them on top

Step 3 Step 4 of the finger that made the “A”. You should now have an “F”. The “F” stands for “Fact”. Now say, “… or states a fact.” 4. Put the whole thing together by saying, “A verb is an action word or states a fact.” In the box, draw a picture of the four steps above. Verb Practice Directions: Underline the verb in each sentence. Write “Action” if the verb shows action. Write “Fact” if the verb states a fact.

1. He is happy. ______7. We painted the fence. ______

2. Cyndi sang a song. ______8. We rode in go-carts. ______

3. The students worked hard. ______9. They were tired of waiting. ______

4. I am a good student. ______10. A kitten played with string. ______

5. The worker dug a hole. ______11. Tom was thirsty. ______

6. We are late for lunch. ______12. Maria read a book. ______

Extension: Think of an activity. Write five ( 5 ) verbs that might describe that activity. Ask a neighbor to guess the activity by reading your verbs.

CreateBetterWriters.com 66 Name: ______

Verbs can state a fact. The most common verbs that state facts are: is, are, was, were, am

I. Directions: Write three simple facts using the verbs from the box above.

Is Are Example: She is tall. Example: They are happy. 1. ______1. ______2. ______2. ______3. ______3. ______

Was Were Example: John was late. Example: My parents were hungry. 1. ______1. ______2. ______2. ______3. ______3. ______

Am Example: I am smart. 1. ______2. ______3. ______II. Underline the verb in each sentence. Write “Action” if the verb shows action. Write “Fact” if the verb states a fact.

1. Evan worked on his report. ______6. The dog barked at the cat. ______

2. I am winning. ______7. We need a new television. ______

3. Arnold is strong. ______8. The boys were last in line. ______

4. Mike washed the car. ______9. Everyone signed the card. ______

5. The coach was waiting. ______10. The girls are ready. ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 67 Name: ______

Adverb: Adverbs describe verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs. The answer the questions: How? / When? / Where? / To What Extent?

quickly today here very

The Trick: Imagine a man named Mr. Adverb. He is being bothered by a bunch of kids asking him questions. All at once, they are all saying, “Mr. Adverb! How will he go? When will he go? Where will he go?” Mr. Adverb answers back, “Angrily, I told you too many times today here, I DON’T KNOW!” In the box below draw a picture of Mr. Adverb being bothered by the children. Be sure to include the children asking the questions: How will he go? When will he go? Where will he go? Also, be sure to include Mr. Adverbs angry response. Finally, practice chanting: “Mr. Adverb! How will he go? When will he go? Where will he go?” “Angrily, I told you too many times today here, I DON’T KNOW!” Remember that “Angrily” answers the question How, “too” answers the question To What Extent, “today” answers the question When, and “here” answers the question Where.

Mr. Adverb

CreateBetterWriters.com 68 Name: ______

Adverbs describe verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs. The answer the questions: How? / When? / Where? / To What Extent?

quickly today here very

I. Directions: Below is a list of adverbs. Write How? When? Where? or To What Extent? next to each word. 1. slowly - ______9. yesterday - ______

2. here - ______10. quietly - ______

3. too - ______11. up - ______

4. tonight - ______12. early - ______

5. happily - ______13. calmly - ______

6. in - ______14. there - ______

7. sometime - ______15. carefully - ______

8. very - ______16. bravely - ______

II. Underline the adverb in each sentence. Draw an arrow to the word it describes. Finally, write the question that the adverb answers in the sentence.

1. He ran quickly. ______How did he run?______

2. She sang beautifully. ______

3. They woke up early. ______

4. Put the box down. ______

5. Tomorrow, we are going to the movies. ______

6. We walked carefully across the snow. ______

7. Bring it here please. ______

8. Our team will win today. ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 69 Name: ______

Write the definition of an adverb: ______

I. In the box below are some adverbs. Put each adverb next to the question it answers on the lines below.

quietly behind next cautiously tomorrow inside very carefully never yesterday here safely tomorrow outside stubbornly tonight noisily inside angrily too

How? - ______When? - ______Where? - ______To What Extent? - ______

II. Add an adverb from the box above to each sentence. Draw an arrow to the word it describes. See Extension 1. Bruce walked through the house and woke us up. How did Bruce walk? ^noisily 2. We’re going to the park to fly kites.

3. The waitress carried the dishes to the kitchen.

4. The dog refused to come inside.

5. Our school had a carnival.

6. The tired swimmer made it to shore.

7. We looked for a rock to put in our project.

8. Betty shut the door so she wouldn’t wake Mom.

Extension: For each sentence in Part II above, write the question that the adverb answers. Write the question beside each sentence.

CreateBetterWriters.com 70 Name: ______

Write the definition of a Verb below: Write the definition of an Adverb below: ______

I. Each word below is either a verb or an adverb. On the first line, write “verb” or “adverb”. If it is a verb, write “fact” or “action word” on the second line. If it is an adverb, write the question it answers: How? When? Where? To What Extent?

Verb / Adverb Verb / Adverb 1. jump - ___verb____ - __action word___ 11. sadly - ______- ______

2. climb - ______- ______12. am - ______- ______

3. slowly - ______- ______13. now - ______- ______

4. tonight - ______- ______14. safely - ______- ______

5. grow - ______- ______15. paint - ______- ______

6. there - ______- ______16. are - ______- ______

7. is - ______- ______17. today - ______- ______

8. softly - ______- ______18. carefully - ______- ______

9. type - ______- ______19. ride - ______- ______

10. never - ______- ______20. here - ______- ______

II. In the sentences below, underline all the verbs. Circle all the adverbs. Draw an arrow to the word that the adverbs describe.

1. The weather is beautiful today. 5. They were too tired.

2. A bird flew quickly over my head. 6. Put the box there.

3. We looked up to see the cloud. 7. The trainer walked slowly to the lion.

4. He waited here for me. 8. We had a party yesterday.

CreateBetterWriters.com 71 Name: ______

Adjective: An adjective describes a noun. It answers the questions: What Kind? What kind of car? big car How Much? How much money? several dollars How Many? How many trees? three trees The Trick: Imagine some children walking up to a man selling adjectives. Three adjectives Adjectives are hanging on the wall behind him. The children are shocked at the price of the three big adjectives. The say, “ The three big adjectives cost how much? Several dollars!” Memorize the phrase: “ The three big adjectives cost how much? Several dollars!” “Three” should help you remember that adjectives answer the question “How Many?”. “Big” should help you remember that adjectives answer the question “What Kind?”. Finally, “Several” should help you remember that adjectives help you answer the question “How Much?”. Draw a picture of the children shopping for the adjectives. Be sure to include the man selling the adjectives and the children shocked about the price.

I. Below are some adjectives that describe some nouns. Write “What Kind?” , “How Much?”, or “How Many?” next to each word.

1. large box - ___what kind____ 6. enough candy - ______2. fast car - ______7. strong workers - ______3. ten toys - ______8. many glasses - ______4. red dress - ______9. happy children - ______5. hungry tiger - ______10. few people- ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 72 Name: ______

Write the definition of an adjective: ______

I. In the box below are some adjectives. Put each adjective next to the question it answers on the lines below.

eight small pretty several round bright few clean red some funny tall twelve

What Kind? - ______How Many? - ______How Much? - ______

II. Put an adjective from the box above on the line in each sentence. Draw an arrow to the word it describes. See Extension 1. Amy wore a ___pretty___ dress to the party. What kind of dress?

2. We only have ______people on our team.

3. The waitress gave us a ______fork.

4. The ______light was in my eyes.

5. I picked ______flowers for my mother.

6. A ______man helped us get our kite from the tree.

7. The sewer is below that ______hole in the ground.

8. The ______clown made us all laugh.

Extension: For each sentence in Part II above, write the question that the adjective answers. Write the question beside each sentence.

CreateBetterWriters.com 73 Name: ______

I. Write the definitions of the parts of speech listed below. List three examples for each. 1. Noun: ______Examples: ______2. Pronoun: ______Examples: ______3. Verb: ______Examples: ______4. Adverb: ______Examples: ______5. Adjectives: ______Examples: ______II. For each word below, write the part of speech. Each word will be either a noun, pronoun verb, adverb, or adjective. If a word is more than one part of speech, write both.

1. jump - ______11. carrot - ______21. is - ______2. rabbit - ______12. his - ______22. yellow - ______3. it - ______13. yesterday - ______23. we - ______4. softly - ______14. crunchy - ______24. park - ______5. wet - ______15. hop - ______25. bravely - ______6. beautifully - ______16. twenty - ______26. you - ______

7. perform - ______17. donut - ______27. sweet - ______8. song - ______18. I - ______28. were - ______9. hard - ______19. eat - ______29. quickly - ______10. our - ______20. there - ______30. banana - ______

Extension: Write five sentences using a noun, pronoun, verb, adverb, and adjective in each sentence. Write the part of speech below each word. Verb Adjective Example: He ran quickly to give the blue ball to Jeff. Pronoun Adverb Noun

CreateBetterWriters.com 74 Name: ______

Prepositions: A preposition connects one word in a sentence to another word in a sentence. They are used in phrases.

Example: The cat climbed up the tree. Preposition

The Trick: Imagine that a boy wants to Preposition say something to a girl, but he only speaks Spanish. The girl wants to say something to the boy, but she only speaks English. A translator who speaks both English and Spanish positions herself between the two. The translator who is positioned between the two is connecting the boy and girl in conversation. Draw the picture of the translator positioned between the boy and girl. Show her translating for the two. Remember as you draw, the translator is the preposition. She is connecting two words: boy and girl.

Remember two facts about prepositions: 1. Prepositions are used in phrases. The last word in the phrase is called the object of the preposition. 2. They connect two words. The object of the preposition is one of the words being connected.

Activity: Write the prepositions from the box below in phrases. Draw an arrow from the preposition to the object of the preposition. Write “obj” below the object.

Examples: above the garage across the street obj obj

Prepositions 1. above 2. across 3. after 4. before 5. behind 6. between 7. down 8. from 9. in 10. inside 11. into 12. near 13. on 14. over 15. through 16. under 17. until 18. up 19. with 20. without

CreateBetterWriters.com 75 Name: ______

Activity #1: There are over 56 prepositions. Would you recognize a preposition if you saw one? Below are some scrambled prepositions. Use the list of prepositions from Preposition #1 to help you unscramble each word.

1. toni - ______6. eeofrb - ______11. obave - ______

2. wond - ______7. neteweb - ______12. ni - ______

3. socsra - ______8. orgthuh - ______13. rena - ______

4. morf - ______9. sndiie - ______14. ihdnbe - ______

5. pu - ______10. twih - ______15. erfat - ______

Activity #2: For each space below, write a prepositional phrase that matches the sentence.

1. We slid down the snowy hill _____on our inner tubes____.

2. I parked my bike ______and went inside.

3. Our dog chased a cat ______.

4. ______a lady was looking at dresses.

5. The plane went ______and ______.

6. The boat floated ______.

7. The hikers climbed ______and ______.

8. The choir had a party ______

9. ______I like to take a walk.

10. We accidentally lost our ball ______.

Extension: Look through any book. Find three sentences that have prepositional phrases. Write them in your journals. Underline the prepositional phrases.

CreateBetterWriters.com 76 Name: ______

Conjunctions: Conjunctions are connecting words.

Conjunctions Step 1 Step 2 The Trick: 1. Make a “C” with one hand. Say, “Conjunctions”. 2. Make a “C” with the other hand. Say, “ Connecting Words”. 3. With the pointing finger and the thumb of each hand, link your

Step 3 fingers together. Say, “ Conjunctions are connecting words.” Draw a picture of someone doing the three steps.

Coordinate Conjunctions ( and, but, or ) connect words to words, phrases to phrases, or sentences to sentences.

Word to Word = cake and pie / pencils and paper / boys or girls

Activity #1 – Use “and” and “or” to connect words: ______/______/______/______/______

Phrase to Phrase = in the air and over the fence / mow the lawn or wash the car

Activity #2 – Use “and” and “or” to connect phrases: ______/ ______

Sentence to Sentence = Tom pitched the ball, and Kim hit it. She was ready, but he was late. / Keep the toy out of the street, or it might get run over.

Activity #3 – Use “and”, “but”, and “or” to connect a sentence to a sentence.

and - ______

but - ______

or - ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 77 Name: ______

Write the definition of a conjunction: ______

Three Coordinate Conjunctions: ______

Subordinate Conjunctions connect independent clauses with dependent clauses. See a list a subordinate conjunctions below. Examples: I was hungry so I ate a sandwich. independent clause dependent clause He was tired because he worked hard. independent clause dependent clause

Subordinate Conjunctions: while when whenever so wherever however although because once since unless until if as

Directions: Fill in the blanks with a coordinate or subordinate conjunction.

1. She went to the store, ______it was closed.

2. The shopper put beans, rice, ______milk into the cart.

3. ______Dad washed the windows, I took out the garbage.

4. The teacher brought us donuts ______we’ve been good all week.

5. We’re going to leave early ______we won’t be late.

6. You need to do your homework, ______we are not going to the game.

7. ______you give my your pudding, I’ll give you a dollar.

8. The principal announced the winner, ______everyone stood up and cheered.

Extension: Write five sentences about preparing for a party. Using any five ( 5 ) subordinate conjunctions.

CreateBetterWriters.com 78 Name: ______

Interjections: Interjections are words, or groups of words, that express emotion. An exclamation point ( ! ) should always follow an interjection. Examples: Wow ! Ouch ! Oh no !

Interjections

The Trick: Interjection sounds like “injection”.

An injection is a shot. Draw a doctor giving an injection to a child. The child yells out an interjection: “Ouch! That hurt.”

I. Place an appropriate interjection before each sentence. Make up your own or use one from the box below. 1. ______Yah!______We won the game.

2. ______There’s a spider on your shoulder.

3. ______You stepped on my foot.

4. ______You’re going the wrong way.

5. ______We are going to be late.

6. ______The cafeteria ran out of pudding.

Extension: Write a sentence using each of the interjections below. 1. Yah! 2. Rats! 3. Stop! 4. Watch out! 5. Hurry! 6. Ouch! Example: Yah! I made the team.

CreateBetterWriters.com 79 Name: ______

I. Write the definitions of the parts of speech listed below. List three examples for each. 1. Preposition: ______Examples: ______2. Conjunction: ______Examples: ______3. Interjection: ______

Examples: ______

II. For each word below, write the part of speech. Each word will be either a preposition, conjunction, or interjection.

1. in - ______11. but - ______21. until - ______

2. and - ______12. if - ______22. after - ______

3. Wow! - ______13. out - ______23. Wait! - ______

4. while - ______14. Ouch! - ______24. once - ______

5. over - ______15. with - ______25. on - ______

6. Stop! - ______16. Rats! - ______26. or - ______

7. when - ______17. so - ______27. Yah! - ______

8. Watch out! - ______18. because - ______28. under - ______

9. into - ______19. behind - ______29. Yipee! - ______

10. through - ______20. Oops! - ______30. wherever - ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 80 Name: ______

I. Write the definitions of the parts of speech listed below.

1. Noun: ______2. Pronoun: ______3. Verb: ______4. Adverb: ______5. Adjectives: ______6. Preposition: ______7. Conjunction: ______8. Interjection: ______

II. For each word below, write the part of speech. Each word will be either a noun, pronoun, verb, adverb, adjective, preposition, conjunction, or interjection. If a word can be more than one part of speech, list both.

1. we - ______13. desert - ______25. play - ______

2. carefully - ______14. red- ______26. loud - ______

3. snake - ______15. stop - ______27. easily - ______

4. slide - ______16. Ouch! - ______28. car - ______

5. four - ______17. them - ______29. Yikes! - ______

6. in - ______18. but - ______30. them - ______

7. and - ______19. softly - ______31. while - ______

8. farmer - ______20. cup - ______32. eat - ______

9. catch - ______21. across - ______33. Wow! - ______

10. you - ______22. here - ______34. doctor - ______

11. over - ______23. or - ______35. outside - ______

12. tonight - ______24. me - ______36. later - ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 81 Name: ______

Many prepositions can also be used as adverbs. How can you tell the difference? Prepositions: They connect one word in a sentence to another word in a sentence. Therefore, a preposition is ALWAYS used in a phrase. in the house before the game after the bell

Adverbs: They answer the questions where, when, how, and to what extent. They are NOT used in a phrase. They answer a question for another word in the sentence.

We walked in. Where did we walk? in He did this before. When was this done? before

Directions: On the line to the left, tell whether the underlined word is an adverb or a preposition. If it is an adverb, write the question it answers. If it is a preposition, write the phrase.

___Adverb______Where______1. We looked up and saw a bird.

_Preposition_ __up the street__ 2. The car drove up the street.

______3. She sent the letter over.

______4. The ball went over the fence.

______5. When you sit down, I will read a letter to you.

______6. The children went down the slide.

______7. I’ve never seen that before.

______8. We came in and sat down.

______9. She sat near the exit.

______10. My mom received a letter from the teacher.

______11. I’ve never seen a sparrow before.

______12. The children went inside to eat dinner.

Extension: Write the words below in two sentences. Write one as an adverb and one as a preposition. Example: Sam walked in the house. (Preposition) We waited until everyone was in. (Adverb) down over in inside on between behind up

CreateBetterWriters.com 82 Name: ______

Directions: On the line to the left, tell whether the underlined word is an adverb or a preposition. If it is an adverb, write the question it answers. If it is a preposition, write the phrase.

______1. The children played until dinner. ______2. Somebody left the light on. ______3. We went outside and watched the sunset. ______4. The coach was near the dugout. ______5. The train went through the tunnel.

______6. Look inside and you’ll get a surprise. ______7. He bumped the table and knocked the glass over. ______8. When the clown walked in, everyone cheered. ______9. When we’re bad we have to sit outside the class. ______10. Tommy built a fort behind the house. ______11. Stay with the group so you won’t be left behind. ______12. When you see dark clouds, a storm is near. ______13. The plumber went under the house to fix the pipes. ______14. The mouse ran behind the curtains. ______15. Too stay warm she snuggled between the sheets. ______16. The students stood up and said the class pledge. ______17. She fell down and scraped her knee. ______18. I love spending time with my friends.

Extension: Write the words below in two sentences Write one as an adverb and one as a preposition. Example: Sam walked in the house. (Preposition) We waited until everyone was in. (Adverb) behind off on out outside before up inside

CreateBetterWriters.com 83 Name: ______

I. Write the definitions of the parts of speech listed below.

1. Noun: ______2. Pronoun: ______3. Verb: ______4. Adverb: ______5. Adjectives: ______6. Preposition: ______7. Conjunction: ______8. Interjection: ______

1. pizza - ______13. our - ______25. and - ______

2. slowly - ______14. several - ______26. with - ______

3. hot - ______15. while - ______27. bravely - ______

4. I - ______16. ring - ______28. them - ______

5. climb - ______17. from - ______29. Cool! - ______

6. but - ______18. Rats! - ______30. clean - ______

7. green - ______19. is - ______31. cheese - ______

8. after - ______20. happy - ______32. or - ______

9. drive - ______21. we - ______33. you - ______

10. Ouch! - ______22. nine - ______34. here - ______

11. restaurant - ______23. dirty - ______35. game - ______

12. tonight - ______24. were - ______36. fast - ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 84 Name ______

I. Parts of Speech Use your literature book to find three ( 3 ) words that represent each part of speech. Nouns Pronouns Verbs Adjectives ______

Adverbs Prepositions Conjunction Interjection ______

II. Adverb or Preposition? Use your literature book to find three ( 3 ) prepositional phrases. Find one ( 1 ) preposition that is used as an adverb.

Prepositional Phrases 1. ______2. ______3. ______

Preposition Used As Adverb 1. ______

III. Parts of Speech. Copy any sentence from your literature book. Write the part of speech of each word in the sentence. ______Nouns: ______Verbs: ______Others: ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 85 Name: ______

I. Definition of the Parts of Speech Directions: Write the definitions to the parts of speech. Definition Noun - ______Pronoun - ______Verb - ______Adjective - ______Adjectives answer the questions: 1. ______2. ______3. ______

Adverb - ______Adverbs answer the questions: 1. ______2. ______3. ______4. ______

Preposition - ______

II. Identify the Parts of Speech Directions: Identify the parts of speech for each word below. Write the part of speech on the line next to the word. If it is more than part of speech, list both.

1. I - ______11. is - ______21. several - ______2. and - ______12. red - ______22. they - ______3. cat - ______13. Wow! - ______23. sleep - ______4. quickly - ______14. but - ______24. wet - ______5. sit - ______15. teacher - ______25. after - ______6. big - ______16. while - ______26. farm - ______7. after - ______17. now - ______27. powerfully - ______8. Stop! - ______18. ten - ______28. her - ______9. you - ______19. inside - ______29. or - ______10. boat- ______20. Watch out! - ______30. softly - ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 86 III. Adverb or Preposition?

Directions: On the line to the left, tell whether the underlined word is an adverb or a preposition.

______1. The skater fell down. ______2. The ball went over the fence. ______3. We walked into the house. ______4. The children went inside. ______5. We looked up and saw a bird.

CreateBetterWriters.com 87 Name: ______

I. Definition of the Parts of Speech Directions: Write the definitions to the parts of speech. Definition Noun - __A noun names a person, place, or thing.______Pronoun - ___A pronoun takes the place of a noun.______Verb - ___A verb shows action or states a fact.______Adjective - ____Adjectives describe nouns.______Adjectives answer the questions: 1. ____What Kind?______2. ____How Many?_____ 3. ___How Much?____

Adverb - ____Adverbs describe verbs, adjectives, and other adverbs.______Adverbs answer the questions: 1. __How?__ 2. __When?__ 3. __Where?___ 4. __To What Extent?___

Preposition - ____ A preposition connects one word in a sentence to another ______word in the sentence. ______

II. Identify the Parts of Speech Directions: Identify the parts of speech for each word below. Write the part of speech on the line next to the word. If it is more than part of speech, list both.

1. I - Pronoun 11. is - Verb 21. several - Adjective 2. and - Conjunction 12. red - Adjective 22. they - Pronoun

3. cat - Noun 13. Wow! - Interjection 23. sleep - Verb 4. quickly - Adverb 14. but - Conjunction 24. wet - Adjective 5. sit - Verb 15. teacher - Noun 25. after - Preposition 6. big - Adjective 16. while - Conjunction 26. farm - Noun 7. after - Preposition 17. now - Adverb 27. powerfully - Adverb 8. Stop! - Interjection 18. ten - Adjective 28. her - Pronoun 9. you - Pronoun 19. inside - Preposition 29. or - Conjunction

10. boat - Noun 20. Watch out! - Interjection 30. softly - Adverb

CreateBetterWriters.com 88 III. Adverb or Preposition?

Directions: On the line to the left, tell whether the underlined word is an adverb or a preposition.

_____Adverb______1. The skater fell down. ___Preposition___ 2. The ball went over the fence. ___Preposition___ 3. We walked into the house. _____Adverb______4. The children went inside. _____ Adverb______5. We looked up and saw a bird.

CreateBetterWriters.com 89 CreateBetterWriters.com 90 Pronouns: Subject, Object, Possessive

Prepositions

Adjective or Adverb: Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly

Misplaced Modifiers

CreateBetterWriters.com 91 Grammar Standards – Unit 4

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Pronouns: Subject, Object, and Possessive 2. Prepositions 3. Adjective or Adverb: Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly 4. Misplaced Modifiers

Grammar Standards – Unit 4

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Pronouns: Subject, Object, and Possessive 2. Prepositions 3. Adjective or Adverb: Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly 4. Misplaced Modifiers

CreateBetterWriters.com 92 Name: ______

we your them she me their you whom my us his ours they I her it theirs hers yours he who mine its him our whose

I. Directions: Put each pronoun from the box above in the correct section on the chart below.

Subject Object Possessives ______

______

II. Write Pronouns In A Sentence A. On a separate sheet of paper, write a short sentence for each pronoun from the box above. Skip lines. B. When finished, trade your paper with a classmate. C. Underline the pronoun. Below the pronoun, write “subject”, “object”, or “possessive”.

CreateBetterWriters.com 93 Name: ______

I. Write the definition of each:

Subject: ______

Object: ______

Possessive: ______

II. Directions: Circle the correct answer. Write “subject”, “object”, or “possessive” on the line to the left.

Subject, Object or Possessive

______1. Susana is going to the party with ( I , me ).

______2. ( He , Him ) will meet Francisco after school.

______3. ( Who , Whom ) is the best artist in the class?

______4. If you hit ( it , its ) top, the lights come on.

______5. With ( who , whom ) are you going?

______6. During the movie, ( he , him ) went to the restroom.

______7. The books are ( their , theirs ).

______8. If you ask her, ( she , her ) will tell you.

______9. Hannah will go with ( they , them ) to school.

______10. This ball is ( my , mine ).

______11. The teacher gave ( we , us ) a grammar test.

______12. After they serve ( we , us ), the restaurant will close.

CreateBetterWriters.com 94 Name: ______

I. Write the definition of each:

Subject: ______

Object: ______

Possessive: ______

II. Directions: Circle the correct answer. Write “subject”, “object”, or “possessive” on the line to the left.

Subject, Object or Possessive

______1. ( Your , You ) puppy is so cute.

______2. ( He , Him ) slowly crept up in the attic.

______3. The baby’s crying woke ( she , her ) up.

______4. Arf, Arf, barked ( me , my ) dog.

______5. With ( who , whom ) are you playing?

______6. Between innings, ( they , them ) sang the Star Spangled Banner. ______7. ( He , His ) brother wore a white scary ghost costume on Halloween. ______8. The counselor said, “ It’s a pleasure to see ( you, your) today. ”

______9. “ Do ( you , your ) want to see a movie?” asked Starrina.

______10. We kept the surprise party a secret from ( he , him ).

______11. Because of the cold weather, ( our , we ) car won’t start.

______12. ( They , Them ) are going to have a water balloon fight at camp.

CreateBetterWriters.com 95 Name: ______

I. Write the definition of each:

Subject: ______

Object: ______

Possessive: ______

II. Directions: Circle the correct answer. Write “subject”, “object”, or “possessive” on the line to the left.

Subject, Object or Possessive

______1. ( We , Us ) were so happy we could have exploded.

______2. The monster in the haunted mansion scared ( we , us ).

______3. Tears filled ( they , their ) eyes as Damian received his award. ______4. Because of ( we , us ), Dad needs to wash the car again.

______5. ( He , Him ) bought a chair that looked like a frog.

______6. With ( who , whom ) are you talking?

______7. ( My , Mine ) book is about a trip around the world.

______8. ( I , Me ) heard that today is your last day at our school.

______9. After talking to my mom, ( she , her ) invited me to a party.

______10. ( His , He ) hair looked like it needed to be combed.

______11. Before swimming, ( they , them ) tested the water to see if it was warm. ______12. “ Do you want to play with ( I , me ) ? ” asked Nick.

CreateBetterWriters.com 96 Name: ______

I. Write the definition of each:

Subject: ______

Object: ______

Possessive: ______

II. Directions: Circle the correct answer. Write “subject”, “object”, or “possessive” on the line to the left.

Subject, Object or Possessive

______1. With ( who , whom ) are you going to shop?

______2. ( She , Her ) shared candy with the whole class.

______3. ( Whose , Who ) dog is that running in the street?

______4. ( They , Them ) love the smell of scented candles.

______5. Because my dad worked so hard, I gave ( he , him ) a back rub.

______6. ( You , Your ) mom makes the best chocolate chip cookies.

______7. With ( who , whom ) are you watching t.v.?

______8. ( It’s , Its ) volume button is stuck on high.

______9. ( He , Him ) is growing roses in his back yard.

______10. To get warm, ( we , us ) made a fire.

______11. Put ( you , your ) marshmallows on the wire, and I’ll toast them for you. ______12. Jim showed ( I , me ) that fighting is not the best way to solve my problem.

CreateBetterWriters.com 97 Name: ______

I. Write the definition of each:

Subject: ______

Object: ______

Possessive: ______

II. Directions: Circle the correct answer. Write “subject”, “object”, or “possessive” on the line to the left.

Subject, Object or Possessive

______1. With ( who, whom ) are you reading that book ?

______2. “ Where are ( we, us ) going this summer? “ asked Damian.

______3. ( He, Him ) has a beautiful, bald, shiny head.

______4. Don’t talk to ( he, him ) while he is studying.

______5. Frank gave ( he, his ) present directly to John.

______6. After talking to Santa, ( I, me ) just knew I’d get the Barney doll I wanted. ______7. ( We, Us ) forgot to turn the radio off before we left.

______8. With ( who, whom ) are you studying?

______9. During the song, ( she, her ) needed to sneeze.

______10. With ( who, whom ) are you making the model?

______11. The PTA gave the spirit award to ( our, us ) class.

______12. The ice-cream tasted funny to ( he, him ).

CreateBetterWriters.com 98 Name: ______

In Chapter 3, you learned that a preposition connects one word in a sentence to another word in a sentence. Below is a list of the most common prepositions. It is important to recognize prepositions and understand how they are used. The activities in this section will help you do that.

1. above 2. across 3. after 4. against 5. along 6. among 7. around 8. at 9. before 10. behind 11. below 12. beneath 13. beside 14. between 15. beyond 16. by 17. down 18. during 19. for 20. from 21. in 22. inside 23. into 24. near 25. of 26. off 27. on 28. onto 29. out 30. outside 31. over 32. through 33. throughout 34. to 35. toward 36. under 37. underneath 38. until 39. up 40. upon 41. with 42. within 43. without

Preposition Review: A preposition connects one word in a sentence to another word in a sentence. They are used in phrases.

Example: The cat climbed up the tree. Preposition

Activity: Write the 43 prepositions from above in phrases. Draw an arrow from the preposition to the object of the preposition. Write “obj” below the object.

Examples: above the garage across the street obj obj

CreateBetterWriters.com 99 Name: ______

1. gonam - ______6. fo - ______11. toadrw - ______

2. ednyob - ______7. aiagtsn - ______12. ta - ______

3. eitodsu - ______8. rgtuhoh - ______13. oawtdr - ______

4. niihtw - ______9. gdunir - ______14. ruden - ______

5. ahteenb - ______10. fof - ______15. noot - ______

Activity #2: Scramble any ten prepositions from Prepositions #1 or #2. Have a classmate try to unscramble them. Scramble Scramble 1. ______- ______6. ______- ______

2. ______- ______7. ______- ______

3. ______- ______8. ______- ______

4. ______- ______9. ______- ______

5. ______- ______10. ______- ______

Activity #3: For each space below, write a prepositional phrase that matches the sentence. 1. We slid down the snowy hill _____on our inner tubes____. 2. I parked my bike ______and went inside. 3. A lady ______help the children paint their pictures. 4. There was a mouse ______. 5. We looked ______for a box of nails. 6. ______the team is going out for pizza. 7. The monkey ______did tricks ______. 8. A bird flew ______and landed ______.

CreateBetterWriters.com 100 Name: ______

Directions: Circle the prepositions and underline the prepositional phrases in the story below. Remember, it must be used in a phrase to be a preposition.

About forty miles above the clouds lived a mighty space traveler who journeyed across the galaxy repairing broken lives after an enemy had come against them. It happened that, along a busy galaxy, amid millions of stars and among thousands of planets, was a giant monster named Zork who weighed around four thousand pounds. At 5 A.M. every morning, Zork would sit atop the trees, before anyone was awake, and plot his next horrible crime. One day, Zork spotted a cargo ship hidden behind the Sierra Nevada Mountains, below the Central Valley, and beneath the desert’s morning sun. Zork watched as a strange man steed beside the ship taking camouflage from between the plane’s wings. Suddenly, the ship shot beyond the clouds, but Zork was ready. By the time the ship reached outer space, Zork had captured the helpless ship. Concerning the ship, it fell down during its plunge towards the black hole. Except for the mighty space traveler, no one could save the ship from Zork. In a flash, the mysterious space traveler was inside the ship. Into the ship, like a bolt of lightning, the traveler saved the ship, which was near the black hole. Most of the crew got off the ship, but Zork was still on the helpless craft. The traveler got onto the ship and shouted to Zork, “Out! Get outside the ship and get over the past regarding your problems.” Since Zork would not listen, the traveler pushed Zork through a narrow hole in the ship. The traveler scolded Zork throughout the journey home. To his home planet Zork would go. Toward Earth, under the clouds, underneath the trees, Zork would stay a prisoner until he learned to be nice. The people of Earth looked up the mountain. Upon the peak was the mighty space traveler. With a jubilant yell, the space traveler was gone within seconds, without even telling the people his name. We all know it was Captain Preposition, who connects right with those who deserve it.

Extension: Write your own story using all forty-four (44) prepositions from worksheets #1 and #2.

CreateBetterWriters.com 101 Name: ______

Directions: Rewrite the sentences below by adding at least two (2) prepositional phrases. The “X” shows a good place to put a prepositional phrase. x x x 1. A reporter asked the man questions. ______x x 2. Children were playing catch. ______x x x 3. Our class will go check out books. ______x x x 4. A bird flew then landed. ______x x x x 5. The clown threw bowling pins and caught them. ______x x x x 6. The man gave the woman a flower. ______

Extension: Write five sentences about what people are doing at the beach. Use at least ( 2 ) prepositional phrases in each sentence. Example: Children were digging into the sand to find shells to put onto their sandcastles.

CreateBetterWriters.com 102 Name: ______

Directions: Combine the sentences into one sentence by using prepositional phrases. Example: There was a book on the shelf. It had a yellow cover. It fell onto the floor. ___The book on the shelf with a yellow cover fell onto the floor.___

1. The lady wore a red sweater. She walked across the street. She sat on the bench.

______

2. The dog jumped. He went into the air. He caught the Frisbee in his mouth.

______

3. The party is at two o’clock. Children will walk into the house. They will have smiles on their faces.

______

4. I saw a girl with a pink bow. She gave out cupcakes with sprinkles. She gave them throughout the school.

______

5. There is a puppy in the yard. It has black spots. It is chewing on a bone.

______

6. Owls hunt for food. They do it at night. They hunt throughout the trees.

______

7. Some girls danced during the concert. They were in angel costumes. They danced among the audience.

______

8. We played basket ball after school. We played at the park. We played with my brother and his friends. ______

Extension: Select three objects in the room. Use two ( 2 ) prepositional phrases to describe where the items are located. Example: The candy on the refrigerator is between the water bottles.

CreateBetterWriters.com 103 Name: ______

Directions: Select a fun advertisement from a magazine. It should be a picture that has a lot of action. 1. Write ten (10) prepositional phrases about people, places, and things in the picture. 2. Write a paragraph about the picture using the ten prepositional phrases. 3. Trade your paragraph with a neighbor. Have them read your paragraph then show them the advertisement. Discuss how well your paragraph compares to the picture.

#1 - Ten ( 10 ) Prepositional Phrases: 1. ______6. ______2. ______7. ______3. ______8. ______4. ______9. ______5. ______10. ______

#2 – Write a paragraph about the advertisement. Don’t forget the ten prepositional phrases.

______

CreateBetterWriters.com 104 Name: ______

The Problem: Many beginning writers misuse the words good and well. Incorrect: I don’t sing good. I sing bad. Correct: I don’t sing well. I sing badly.

The Solution: Unless you learn why you should use good or well / bad or badly, you will always be guessing when you write or speak. Here is the rule: Good and Bad are adjectives – They describe nouns and pronouns. good day, bad day / good worker, bad worker / good game, bad game Well and Badly are adverbs – They describe verbs. plays well, plays badly / acts well, acts badly / works well, works badly

The Trick: Here is a way to trick yourself into remembering the difference. Memorize the two sentences below: She is a good singer who sings well. He is a bad singer who sings badly.

Practice Directions: If the word below is a noun, write “good” in front of it on the first line and “bad” in front of it on the second line. If the word below is a verb, write “well” behind it on the first line and “badly” behind it on the second line. Examples: jumps - __jumps well__ __jumps badly__ jumper - __good jumper__ __bad jumper__

1. reader - ______7. pitcher - ______2. reads - ______8. drive - ______3. speak - ______9. threw - ______4. speaker - ______10. pitches - ______5. runner - ______11. kicker - ______6. run - ______12. driver - ______

Extension: Use numbers 1 through 6 from above to rewrite the tricks: For example, #1 is “reader” so write “He is a good reader who reads well. ” Next, make up three ( 3 ) tricks of your own.

CreateBetterWriters.com 105 Name: ______

What is the trick for remembering good vs. well? ______What is the trick for remembering bad vs. badly? ______

I. Directions: If the word below is a noun, write “good” in front of it on the first line and “bad” in front of it on the second line. If the word below is a verb, write “well” behind it on the first line and “badly” behind it on the second line. Examples: jumps - __jumps well__ __jumps badly__ jumper - __good jumper__ __bad jumper__

1. book - ______6. work - ______2. turns - ______7. thought - ______3. grass - ______8. dressed - ______4. cleaner - ______9. climber - ______5. worker - ______10. climbs - ______

II. Directions: Fill in the blanks with good or well. Draw an arrow to the word it describes.

1. The pencil wasn’t sharpened very _____well______. 2. The students did a ______job on their projects. 3. Tom and A.J. are ______baseball players. 4. If we play ______, we might make the playoffs. 5. Be sure to clean your bike ______after riding in the mud all day.

III. Directions: Fill in the blanks with bad or badly. Draw an arrow to the word it describes.

1. The coach had an extra practice so we wouldn’t play ______. 2. The street sweeper did a ______job on our gutters. 3. The ______, new light bulbs work ______in our lamps. 4. There was a ______smell in the bathroom. 5. He was a ______fighter who moved ______in the ring.

CreateBetterWriters.com 106 Name: ______

What is the trick for remembering good vs. well? ______What is the trick for remembering bad vs. badly? ______

I. Directions: Fill in the blanks with good or well. Draw an arrow to the word it describes.

1. Our cafeteria serves ______pizza. 2. Shut the door ______or it won’t close all the way.

3. Ashley is a ______dancer. 4. Are you doing ______in school? 5. Tim is a ______player who throws ______. 6. He is a ______listener. 7. Her ______behavior earned her an award. 8. We are ______writers who tell stories ______.

II. Directions: Fill in the blanks with bad or badly. Draw an arrow to the word it describes.

1. Because of my cold, I slept ______. 2. The city did a ______job on the street signs. 3. Peter needed help in math ______. 4. The cheese smelled ______. 5. He behaved ______at the assembly. 6. They are ______dancers who move ______. 7. Mary and Sam’s ______argument lasted for three weeks. 8. He is a ______speller who writes ______.

Extension: Write five ( 5 ) sentences using “good” and “well.” Next, write five ( 5 ) sentences using “bad” and “badly.”

CreateBetterWriters.com 107 Name: ______

What is the trick for remembering good vs. well? ______What is the trick for remembering bad vs. badly? ______

I. Directions: Fill in the blanks with good or well. Draw an arrow to the word it describes. 1. Mom cooks ______. She makes ______soup.

2. I’ll get ______grades if I study ______.

3. The barber cut my hair ______.

4. He has a ______suit. He always dresses ______.

5. Lucy gave ______answers on the test.

6. To stay healthy you need to eat ______food.

7. The party last Friday went ______.

8. My father is a ______driver who taught me to drive ______.

II. Directions: Fill in the blanks with bad or badly. Draw an arrow to the word it describes. 1. Because he did his job ______, we had to do it over.

2. She had a ______cough, so she slept ______.

3. It was a ______idea to play in the rain.

4. The playground was ______in need of repairs.

5. He is a ______comedian who tells jokes ______.

6. On the wall is a ______picture of me on Easter.

7. We left because it was a ______movie.

8. My cold made me sing ______.

CreateBetterWriters.com 108 Name: ______

Do you notice anything funny about this sentence? Running down the street, I watched my dog. According to this sentence, who is running down the street? Was I running down the street or was the dog? The phrase “Running down the street” describes ( modifies ) the word dog. However, because of the way it was used, the reader is unsure about who is being described. The sentence needs to be rewritten: I watched my dog as he ran down the street.

Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite the following sentences so that they are not confusing.

1. Singing in the shower, I heard my dad.

2. My teacher is a tall, skinny man with a mustache weighing only one hundred and fifty pounds.

3. Walking to school, the sky looked like it was going to rain.

4. When throwing a fit, Mom puts my baby sister in time-out.

5. The bird we saw suddenly flew away.

6. Our dog has a pink tongue and a long tail who barks a lot.

7. Flying the kite, the trees got in the way.

8. When he sucks his thumb, my dad knows it’s time to put my baby brother to bed.

9. The ice-cream she made quickly melted in the sun.

10. Riding my bike, the police car passed by me.

11. When they need to be punished, the teachers make the students stay after school.

12. Ordering the food, the waiter asked if I wanted fries.

CreateBetterWriters.com 109 Name: ______

Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite the following sentences so that they are not confusing.

1. Climbing to the top of the mountain, the lights of the city shined brightly.

2. Walking the dog, the cat started a fight.

3. When hungry, a hamburger will be perfect for dinner.

4. The boat that hit the iceberg slowly sank into the sea.

5. Copying down the homework, the teacher reminded them to study for their test.

6. The dancer was wearing a beautiful costume having practiced all week.

7. The volcano exploded violently shooting lava into the air.

8. Eating popcorn, the moneys I watched were funny.

9. Paying for the tickets, the money fell off the counter.

10. The child the parent disciplined stubbornly stormed into his bedroom.

11. He was a funny clown wearing a big nose telling silly jokes.

12. Picking weeds, several worms crawled to the top of the soil.

13. When angry, the doctor told me to punch a pillow.

14. Talking on the phone, my mom needed to ask a question.

15. The student dressed beautifully sang the song.

CreateBetterWriters.com 110 Name ______

I. Subject, Object, and Possessive Pronouns Use your literature book to find two ( 2 ) subject, object, and possessive pronouns. Subject Pronouns Object Pronouns Possessive Pronouns ______

II. Prepositions Use your literature book to find two ( 2 ) sentences that have at least two ( 2 ) prepositional phrases. Write the sentences below.

1. ______

______

2. ______

______

III. Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly Find a sentence where well or badly is used to describe a verb. Write it on the line below. Draw an arrow from well or badly to the verb.

______

CreateBetterWriters.com 111 Name: ______

I. Pronouns: Subject, Object, and Possessive A. Write the definition of each: Subject: ______Object: ______Possessive: ______

B. Circle the correct answer. Write “subject”, “object”, or “possessive” on the line to the left.

Subject, Object or Possessive ______1. Will you come over and play with ( I, me ) ? ______2. ( Who, Whom ) left the front door open? ______3. After the game, ( we, us ) went out for pizza. ______4. With ( who, whom ) are you walking to school? ______5. The Lakers played ( they, their ) best game in the playoffs. ______6. ( It’s, Its ) tires are too flat. ______7. Before going home, ( they, them ) took a group picture. ______8. ( Who, Whom ) let the dogs out?

II. Prepositions Directions: Rewrite the sentences below by adding at least two (2) prepositional phrases. The “X” shows a good place to put a prepositional phrase. x x x 1. The singer sang a song last night. ______x x x 2. Kittens played and had fun. ______x x x 3. Some children will sell candy. ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 112 III. Adjective or Adverb: Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly What is the difference between good vs. well? ______What is the difference between bad vs. badly? ______

Directions: Fill in the blanks with good or well. 1. Bill is a ______swimmer who swims ______. 2. If we practice, we will play ______. 3. My mom makes ______cookies. 4. Paint the picture ______and you might win a prize.

Directions: Fill in the blanks with bad or badly. 1. The shaky table made her draw ______. 2. It is dangerous to drive with ______tires. 3. The old map gave us ______information. 4. Because she studied ______, she received ______grades.

IV. Misplaced Modifiers Directions: Rewrite the following sentences so that they are not confusing.

1. The man in the gray suit talking to the principal is my dad.

______

2. That animal with the sharp teeth weighing three hundred pounds is dangerous.

______

3. The plane that took off slowly disappeared into the sky.

______

CreateBetterWriters.com 113 Name: ______

I. Pronouns: Subject, Object, and Possessive Directions: Circle the correct answer. Write “subject”, “object”, or “possessive” on the line to the left. ______1. ( My , Mine ) book is about a trip around the world. ______2. I couldn’t wait for Kim to get here so I could see ( she, her ) again. ______3. ( He , Him ) slowly crept up into the attic. ______4. My mom asked ( us, our ) teacher if she could bring cookies for the party. ______5. With ( who, whom ) are we eating? ______6. During the movie, ( he , him ) went to the restroom.

______7. Shelly is going to the mall with ( I, me ) tomorrow.

CreateBetterWriters.com 114 III. Adjective or Adverb: Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly What is the difference between good vs. well? ______What is the difference between bad vs. badly? ______

Directions: Fill in the blanks with good or well. 1. Karen is a ______dancer who dances ______. 2. When we sleep ______we do a ______job getting ready for school. 3. The band instructor chooses ______songs for us to play. 4. We might win the game if we play ______. Directions: Fill in the blanks with bad or badly. 1. She will do ______if she can’t find her glasses. 2. Dad had to replace the ______lights in the kitchen. 3. The car stopped ______because of its ______brakes. 4. Not doing my homework was a ______decision.

IV. Misplaced Modifiers Directions: Rewrite the following sentences so that they are not confusing.

1. The girl in the pink dress eating an ice cream is my sister.

______

2. Those students carrying books wearing red sweaters are on the science team.

______

3. The puppy that barked gently jumped into my lap.

______

CreateBetterWriters.com 115 Name: ______

I. Pronouns: Subject, Object, and Possessive Directions: Circle the correct answer. Write “subject”, “object”, or “possessive” on the line to the left. ___Possessive__ 1. ( My , Mine ) book is about a trip around the world. _____Object____ 2. I couldn’t wait for Kim to get here so I could see ( she, her ) again. ____Subject____ 3. ( He , Him ) slowly crept up into the attic. __ Possessive__ 4. My mom asked ( us, our ) teacher if she could bring cookies for the party. _____Object____ 5. With ( who, whom ) are we eating? ____ Subject___ 6. During the movie, ( he , him ) went to the restroom.

_____Object____ 7. Shelly is going to the mall with ( I, me ) tomorrow.

II. Prepositions Directions: Rewrite the sentences below by adding at least two (2) prepositional phrases. The “X” shows a good place to put a prepositional phrase. x x x 1. A man cut down a tree to make a canoe. Sample: A man with an ax cut down a tree in the forest to make a canoe for his journey. x x x 2. Squirrels climbed and gathered nuts. Sample: Squirrels in the tree climbed to the ground and gathered nuts for the winter. x x x x 3. Many students will run to buy candy. Sample: After school many students will run to the cafeteria to by candy from the fundraiser.

CreateBetterWriters.com 116 III. Adjective or Adverb: Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly What is the difference between good vs. well? Good is an adjective. It describes nouns. Well is an adverb. It describes verbs.

What is the difference between bad vs. badly? Bad is an adjective. It describes nouns. Badly is an adverb. It describes verbs.

Directions: Fill in the blanks with good or well. 1. Karen is a ____good____ dancer who dances ____well____ . 2. When we sleep ___well___ we do a ___ good___ job getting ready for school. 3. The band instructor chooses ___ good____ songs for us to play. 4. We might win the game if we play ____well_____. Directions: Fill in the blanks with bad or badly. 1. She will do ____badly____ if she can’t find her glasses. 2. Dad had to replace the ____ bad_____ lights in the kitchen. 3. The car stopped ____ badly_____ because of its ____ bad____ brakes. 4. Not doing my homework was a ____ bad____ decision.

IV. Misplaced Modifiers Directions: Rewrite the following sentences so that they are not confusing.

1. The girl in the pink dress eating an ice cream is my sister.

Sample: My sister is the girl eating ice cream and wearing the pink dress.

2. Those students carrying books wearing red sweaters are on the science team.

Sample: Those students wearing red sweaters and carrying books are on the science team.

3. The puppy that parked gently jumped into my lap.

Sample: The puppy barked and gently jumped into my lap.

CreateBetterWriters.com 117 CreateBetterWriters.com 118 Capitalization: Proper Nouns

Capitalization: Miscellaneous

CreateBetterWriters.com 119 Grammar Standards – Unit 5

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Capitalization: Proper Nouns 2. Capitalization: Miscellaneous

Grammar Standards – Unit 5

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Capitalization: Proper Nouns 2. Capitalization: Miscellaneous

CreateBetterWriters.com 120 Some of the rules for capitalization can be a little tricky. Here is a list of some of the do’s and don’ts of capitalization.

Do Capitalize: 1) First, Last, and Important Words in a Title. Examples: “Singing in the Rain” The Writings of the Senators from the Twentieth Century Warning: 1. Capitalize all verbs. 2. Capitalize prepositions of five letters or more. Example: Traitors Are Within These Walls 2) Days of the Week, Months, Holidays, and Special Days Examples: Monday, April, Memorial Day, May Day, New Year’s Eve 3) The first letter of the first word in most lines of poetry. Examples: The sun sank over the tropical horizon, Signaling to everyone that the end was near. 4) Mom, Dad, and other titles that can be replaced with the person’s name. Examples: Give Mom the money. = Give Kim the money. Give Grandpa the money. = Give Bob the money. Give Aunt Carol the money. 5) Languages Examples: English, Japanese, German, Spanish, Tagalog 6) Religions and Names for their Supreme Being Examples: Christianity – God, Judaism – Jehovah, Islam – Allah 7) First Word of Greeting and Closing in Letters Examples: Dear everyone, Yours truly, 8) Names of Institutions and Businesses Examples: Cerritos College, Arbor Park, General Hospital, Microsoft, Apple Warning: Capitalize the company, but do not capitalize their products. Example: Apple computer, Nike shoes, Dominoes pizza 9) Directions when they refer to a region of a country or the world. Examples: Israel is a country in the Middle East. The Northwest Territory was established in 1787.

CreateBetterWriters.com 121 Don’t Capitalize: 1) Seasons Examples: summer, winter, spring, autumn, fall

2) School subjects unless they are titles or have languages. Examples: math / Math 101, science / English, history / American history

3) Diseases Examples: chicken pox, polio, cancer, yellow fever Warning: Some diseases are named after people. Be sure to capitalize the name only. Examples: Alzheimer’s disease, Crohn’s disease

4) Directions for travel or areas of a state, county, or city. Examples: Go south on the freeway to get to southern California.

5) Capitalize proper nouns when they act as adjectives, but not the noun they describe. Examples: American music, New Year’s Eve celebration, Chinese food

CreateBetterWriters.com 122 Name: ______

I. Proper Nouns Directions: Rewrite the words below. Be sure to capitalize words when needed. Examples: JOHN - __John__ BOY - __boy__ 1. WEDNESDAY – ______11. WEST – ______2. SOCIAL STUDIES – ______12. SATURDAY – ______3. ITALIAN – ______13. MATH – ______4. BUDDHISM – ______14. CHINESE FOOD – ______5. BIOLOGY 101 – ______15. CHRISTIANITY – ______6. SUMMER – ______16. MIDWEST – ______7. COLLEGE PARK – ______17. LEVI PANTS – ______8. NORTHERN IRELAND – ______18. WINTER – ______9. HEALTH – ______19. TURNER SCHOOL – ______10. MEASLES – ______20. SCIENCE 101 – ______

II. Miscellaneous Capitalization Directions: Circle all the words that should be capitalized. Write the capital letter below the circle. Example: The salvation army is a christian organization that helped give medicine to children with chicken pox. S A C NO 1. The arbor day parade will have ford vans decorated with palm branches.

2. We were only aloud to speak spanish in spanish 201 taught by mrs. jones.

3. I saved a poem written by dad on thursday. It read: roses are red,

4. The story titled man without a home tells of a violets are blue.

jesuit priest who travels to north america. you worked hard, 5. During science we learned how polio vaccinations and I’m proud of you. helped save thousands of lives in the united states.

6. We sang “up on the rooftop” at aloha elementary school’s musical.

7. Next spring, the make a wish foundation will take children with cancer to southern france.

8. Some people feel that harvard university in massachusetts is better than rutgers university in new jersey.

CreateBetterWriters.com 123 Name: ______

I. Proper Nouns Directions: Rewrite the words below. Be sure to capitalize words when needed. Examples: JOHN - __John__ BOY - __boy__ 1. SPANISH – ______9. GEOMETRY 101 – ______2. ITALIAN TILE – ______10. FALL – ______3. TUESDAY – ______11. MATH – ______4. SOUTHERN ALPS – ______12. GEOGRAPHY – ______5. EAST – ______13. SOUTH KOREA – ______6. THURSDAY – ______14. HINDUISM – ______7. PLANTERS’ PEANUTS – ______15. KELLS POND – ______8. JUDAISM – ______16. MUMPS – ______

1. “If you lived in germany, it might help to learn to speak french and italian as well,” said dad. 2. On memorial day, the students who take american history will join mr simm’s civics 101 class. 3. Next friday I will recite the poem “ode to summer” and my mom will sing “this is love” at the woodruff elementary school talent show. 4. dear lisa, I hope you enjoy camp sunburn. We missed you at the fourth of july party. Be sure to pet one of their special black cats with the white stripes. Also, mom says she misses you. your sister alice 5. The movie not without my daughter was set in the middle east.

Extension: Use your list of “Do’s and Don’ts” of capitalization to make a quiz. Put twenty words on a sheet of paper and capitalize every letter of every word. Be sure to make an answer key. Be prepared to trade papers with a classmate.

CreateBetterWriters.com 124 Name: ______

I. Proper Nouns 1. AUGUST – ______6. ART – ______2. INFLUENZA – ______7. SWEDISH – ______3. FRENCH FASHION – ______8. SOUTH - ______4. CATHOLICISM - ______9. FALL - ______5. LABOR DAY - ______10. GEOLOGY 101 – ______

II. Miscellaneous Capitalization Directions: Circle all the words that should be capitalized. Write the capital letter below the circle. Example: The salvation army is a christian organization that helped give medicine to children with chicken pox. S A C NO 1. For my brother’s birthday, I wrote him these poems: on top of spaghetti, one, two, three, up the ally,

all covered with cheese, she hit me on my knee. down the sewer,

I lost my poor meatball, three, two, one, we don’t like kids,

when somebody sneezed. I flicked her hair my gum. who eat manure.

2. When summer arrives the red cross will ask people to help flood victims in the south.

3. He will race his ford race car at the indianapolis speedway against my uncle.

4. I gave aunt shirley the catalogue for microsoft, a company in the northwest.

5. The teacher had us read art for dummies for western civilization 101.

6. “The leaves in the northeast are just beautiful in the fall,” said my grandma.

7. “The rocky mountains had more snow last winter,” said grandpa.

8. aliens are among us is the title of mrs fick’s new read-aloud book in reading class.

9. At lindstrom elementary school’s international party, they had italian food, asian

decorations, and costumes from around the world.

10. Mrs. smith said in history class that some indians got small pox from the europeans.

CreateBetterWriters.com 125 Name: ______

I. Proper Nouns 1. SCIENCE – ______6. ALZHEIMER’S DISEASE – ______2. WINTER – ______7. GOD - ______3. UTAH - ______8. POLIO - ______4. THURSDAY - ______9. GOLDEN GATE BRIDGE - ______5. BOSTON COLLEGE - ______10. WESTEN EUROPE – ______

1. In september, washington elementary school will begin just after labor day.

2. In health we learned that you need your vaccination against small pox to go to middle school.

3. My report for english class titled “girl without a family” was from island of the blue dolphins.

4. Columbus actually discovered the west indies although he thought he had reached india.

5. We watched grandpa receive his award from the multiple sclerosis society.

6. Next winter Karen will go skiing in lake tahoe at the heavenly ski resort.

7. The cave of wonders is a book that describes all the tunnels in carlsbad caverns in new mexico.

8. Her dad will drive us to seal beach, but my mom will bring us home.

9. This mother’s day i’m going to treat mom like she is queen elizabeth from england.

10. dear oscar, Thanks for the CD barney’s greatest hits. My favorite song is beautiful flowers. your friend, jose

Extension: Write ten ( 10 ) sentences. Make sure each rule from the Capitalization Rules worksheet is demonstrated in your sentences. Also, include words from the “Don’t Capitalize” list. Example: Some Christians had a service at Mayfair Park on Easter. Rules #2, #6, and #8

CreateBetterWriters.com 126 Name: ______

I. Proper Nouns 1. MONDAY – ______6. LAKE ERIE – ______2. TONSILLITIS – ______7. EAST - ______3. SUMMER - ______8. CHINESE FOOD - ______4. SONY STEREOS – ______9. MORMON – ______5. DECEMBER - ______10. SCIENCE 101 – ______

1. The christian religion believes that god has angels who help do his* work. *His refers to God.

2. Maria received $10 from aunt rosa and uncle pedro to celebrate her graduation from leal school.

3. The mariners play baseball in seattle where you can also find the space needle, a giant tower.

4. The bible, the torah, and the koran are holy books from christianity, judaism, and islam.

5. while you slept in your bed,

dad kissed your forehead,

“i love you,” he said.

6. Kelly wrote the poem “while you slept in your bed” for father’s day last june.

7. At memorial hospital, the doctors are giving free blood tests for tuberculosis sponsored by the

american lung association.

8. The marines fighting in southern afghanistan surrounded the tora bora mountains.

9. We read between boy and man in literature appreciation 101 last october.

10. dear Theo, I read your excellent report “nature’s wonders.” You should work for the national wildlife foundation. sincerely yours, vanessa

CreateBetterWriters.com 127 Name: ______

I. Proper Nouns 1. HEALTH – ______6. SPRING – ______2. DELL COMPUTERS – ______7. DIABETES – ______3. SEPTEMBER – ______8. ENGLISH – ______4. CANADIAN BACON – ______9. CROHN’S DISEASE – ______5. SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA – ______10. SCIENCE 201 – ______

1. “We can see the ringling brothers circus or the group from cirque du soleil.” said mom.

2. The statue of liberty sits at the mouth of the hudson river between new york and new jersey.

3. We read flowers among thorns in mr. rose’s literature class last january.

4. The gulf of mexico and atlantic ocean both touch southern florida, but not the

caribbean sea.

5. “Give grandpa joe and grandma jane a big kiss,” said my mom.

6. In health class we learned that many children suffered from polio in the 1950’s.

7. There was a sale on reebok shoes at the lakewood mall last saturday.

8. She read there’s a boy in the girls bathroom in may and mighty mysteries in june.

9. We learned that thanksgiving is always on a thursday.

10. Were the olympics held in utah or colorado in the winter of 2002?

Extension: Carmen and Monica are in a race across America. Write a paragraph about the places they go and the things they see. Be sure to use at least ten words that need to be capitalized.

CreateBetterWriters.com 128 Name ______

I. Capitalization Proper Nouns Directions: Rewrite each word or words with the proper punctuation. Example: JOHN - John BOY- boy____

1. UNCLE BOB - ______15. MATH - ______2. HIGH SCHOOL - ______16. LAKE - ______3. TUESDAY - ______17. SUNDAY - ______4. DR. CHANG - ______18. EASTER SERVICE - ______5. MONTH - ______19. GEOMETRY 101 - ______6. COLORADO RIVER - ______20. RED CROSS - ______7. WEEKEND - ______21. WINTER - ______8. CERRITOS COLLEGE - ______22. CHRISTIANITY - ______9. GOD - ______23. ENGLISH - ______10. AUNT - ______24. WEST - ______11. US CONSTITUTION - 25. MC DONALD’S - ______26. CHESS - ______12. POLIO - ______27. LUCKY’S MARKET - ______13. MEMORIAL DAY - ______28. CHINESE FOOD - ______14. MAPLE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 29. JUDAISM - ______30. MIDDLE EAST - ______II. Miscellaneous Capitalization Directions: Below is a story. Circle all letters that should be capitalized. dear susana, You won’t believe the fun mom, dad, and i had this summer at colonial williamsburg on the east coast. while driving there, we sang: over the mountains, and through the woods, to grandmother’s house we go!! When we arrived we saw soldiers who spoke german. They put me in a fake jail for yelling, “ long live king george! ” At jamestown we saw powhatan indians. Some of them spoke spanish to show that they learned this from spain before the english arrived.

CreateBetterWriters.com 129 Unfortunately, many of these native americans died of small pox because they didn’t have a strong enough immune system to fight the european’s germs. I heard dr. kim, from the college of william and mary, say that they are studying why that happened. It will be in his next book titled diseases of colonial times. Well, i have to go. yours truly, tammy

CreateBetterWriters.com 130 I. Capitalization A. Proper Nouns Directions: Rewrite each word or words with the proper punctuation. Example: JOHN - John BOY - boy___ 1. UNCLE BOB - ____Uncle Bob______15. MATH - _____math______2. HIGH SCHOOL - __high school______16. LAKE - ______lake______3. TUESDAY - ______Tuesday______17. SUNDAY - ____Sunday______4. DR. CHANG - _____Dr. Chang______18. EASTER SERVICE - __Easter service______5. MONTH - ______month______19. GEOMETRY 101 - ___Geometry 101______6. COLORADO RIVER - __Colorado River____ 20. RED CROSS - _____Red Cross______7. WEEKEND - ______weekend______21. WINTER - _____winter______8. CERRITOS COLLEGE - _Cerritos College__ 22. CHRISTIANITY - ___Christianity______9. GOD - ______God______23. ENGLISH - _____English______10. AUNT - ______aunt______24. WEST - ______west______11. US CONSTITUTION - 25. MC DONALD’S - ___Mc Donald’s______U.S. Constitution______26. CHESS - ______chess______12. POLIO - ______polio______27. LUCKY’S MARKET - ___Lucky’s Market______13. MEMORIAL DAY - __Memorial Day______28. CHINESE FOOD - ___Chinese food______14. MAPLE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - 29. JUDAISM - ___Judaism______Maple Elementary School______30. MIDDLE EAST - ___Middle East______

B. Miscellaneous Capitalization Directions: Below is a story. Circle all letters that should be capitalized. dear susana, You won’t believe the fun mom, dad, and i had this summer at colonial williamsburg on the east coast. while driving there, we sang: over the mountains, and through the woods, to grandmother’s house we go!! When we arrived we saw soldiers who spoke german. They put me in a fake jail for yelling, “ long live king george! ” At jamestown we saw powhatan indians. Some of them spoke spanish to show that they learned this from spain before the english arrived.

CreateBetterWriters.com 131 Unfortunately, many of these native americans died of small pox because they didn’t have a strong enough immune system to fight the european’s germs. I heard dr. kim, from the college of william and mary, say that they are studying why that happened. It will be in his next book titled diseases of colonial times. Well, i have to go. yours truly, tammy

CreateBetterWriters.com 132 Comma Rules

CreateBetterWriters.com 133 Grammar Standards – Unit 6

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Comma Rules

Grammar Standards – Unit 6

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Comma Rules

CreateBetterWriters.com 134 Name: ______

Rule #1 - City, State or City, Country Examples: Bellflower, California Paris, France New York, New York

1432 East Street, Lakewood, California

Are you going to Orlando, Florida, this summer? Rule #2 - Day, Year or Month, Year Examples: January 1, 2003 Tuesday, October 31

Is February 29th, 2004, a leap year?

Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule below each item.

1. Philadelphia Pennsylvania 2. December 25 2005 3. London England ______City, State______Day, Year______4. January 1 2000 5. Boston Massachusetts 6. Thursday July 4 1776 ______7. Madrid Spain 8. San Francisco California 9. October 12 1492 ______10. Sunday December 7 1941 11. Williamsburg Virginia 12. Tokyo Japan ______

13. George Washington defeated the British in Yorktown, Virginia, in less than a month. City, State 14. He was born on August 3rd 2001 while his grandparents anxiously waited.

15. Cortez started his conquest of the Aztecs in Veracruz Mexico.

16. We’re going to have a party on Saturday June 13th for my birthday.

17. The Olympics in Salt Lake City Utah were the best ever.

18. My new address will be 555 Oak Drive Oakland California.

19. On Monday August 1st we will go to Phoenix Arizona for my brother’s wedding.

20. In Toronto Canada there will be a baseball game on Tuesday April 2nd.

CreateBetterWriters.com 135 Name: ______

Rule #1 - City, State or City, Country Rule #2 - Day, Year or Month, Year

Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule below each sentence.

1. I was born in Long Beach California and Tuesday March 12 at 5:32 in the afternoon.

2. My parents were married on Wednesday June 12 2000 in St. Louis Missouri.

3. We won a trip to either Dublin Ireland or Glasgow Scotland.

4. Is your birthday on March 2 1991 or on March 1 1992 ?

5. We can choose a plane that flys to Chicago Illinois on Monday December 31st 2001 or a

plane that flys to Dallas Texas on Tuesday January 1st 2002.

6. We are going to have a family reunion on Wednesday May 7th in Portland Oregon.

7. Their wedding will be in Mexico City Mexico on July 11th.

8. The new Batman movie will come out on Friday May 19th.

9. The president will visit Bangkok Thailand from Wednesday August 15 to

Monday August 20th .

10. Elvis’s concert on February 21st 1975 in Las Vegas Nevada was fantastic.

11. On Friday April 11 school will get out early for Spring break.

12. Honolulu Hawaii is the site of the U.S.S. Arizona memorial.

13. How many days will it be until December 31st 2099?

14. Rome Italy is a very famous tourist city.

15. On Thursday June 18th 2002 we gave our teacher a surprise, all expenses paid, trip

to Seattle Washington.

Extension: Write five sentences describing cities and states where you or family members have visited. Include the day and year when the visits occurred. Be sure to use the City, State and Day, Year rules.

CreateBetterWriters.com 136 Name: ______

Rule #3 – Comma after the greeting Rule #4 – Comma after the closing Example: January 25, 2004 Dear Jennifer, Did you know that Mr. Dye likes to dress like Barney for Halloween? Sincerely, Charlie Directions: On the lines below, write ten one-sentence letters like the one above. Put the commas after the greeting and the closing. Be sure to put the greeting on the left margin and the closing on the right margin. Also, make sure the heading, closing, and signature are aligned. #1 ______

#2 ______

#3 ______

* Use a separate sheet of paper to finish #4 through #10.

CreateBetterWriters.com 137 Name: ______

Rule #5 – Direct Address Use a comma, or commas, to set apart a sentence from the one being addressed. Examples: John, there are tacos in the refrigerator for you. There are tacos, John, in the refrigerator for you. There are tacos in the refrigerator for you, John. Rule #6 – Introductory Word / Phrase Use a comma to set apart an introductory word or phrase from the rest of the sentence. Examples: Yes, you may go to the dance after school. Of course, go directly to your grandma’s house when it’s over. Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule below each sentence. 1. Yes, I’m mad at you for chewing up my shoe, Rover. Introductory Word Direct Address 2. Sorry I won’t be able to meet you after school today Kim.

3. Of course we are going to take pictures before she leaves.

4. I haven’t seen you Suzie in such a long time.

5. Hello you don’t know me, but I’m your long, lost cousin.

6. Mrs. Carter I need to go to the bathroom.

7. Will you give the tape to Karen Jacquline?

8. First of all the answers to the test come straight from your homework.

9. Secondly those of you who didn’t do their homework need to do it tonight.

10. Of course if you all study really hard class you will all do well on the test.

11. Well if you would have gone at recess you wouldn’t have this problem Jason.

12. After all the best music Cindy comes from the best music system.

13. No I want the dress with the beautiful flowers all over it.

14. Ms. Kinon will you help me with my homework?

15. Thank you Mrs. Bletterman for bringing treats to school today.

CreateBetterWriters.com 138 Name: ______

Rule #5 – Direct Address Rule #6 – Introductory Word / Phrase I. Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule below each sentence. 1. Give the letter to Mom Jim.

2. Wait you can go to the bathroom during recess.

3. Peanut you’re the best hamster in the world.

4. First if you want a new bike Michael you must learn to take better care of your stuff.

5. Team if we win today we’ll be in first place.

6. As a matter of fact I did eat the last piece of cake.

7. Finally the person with the most points will win the trophy.

8. Yes you do look funny in that hat.

9. By the way if you wear it outside, I’ll pretend I don’t know you.

10. Kim you’re the best friend anyone could ever find.

II. Directions: Write 10 sentences about a family vacation. Use Direct Address five times and Introductory Word / Phrase five times. Use a separate sheet of paper if needed.

______

CreateBetterWriters.com 139 Name: ______

Rule #1 – City, State or City, Country Rule #2 – Day, Year or Month, Year Rule #3 – Comma after the greeting Rule #4 – Comma after the closing Rule #5 – Direct Address Rule # 6 – Introductory Word / Phrase

I. Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule below each sentence.

1. Hannah you are the best singer in the show.

2. Many of our country’s best ships are located in San Diego California.

3. Oh I thought you were talking to me.

4. On Monday September 5 Eddie will start his first day of school.

5. Dear Barney

I am your #1 fan. By the way I have all of your videos.

Sincerely

Brian 6. Well the only tickets available are for Saturday April 3 for the afternoon show.

7. Suddenly the lion jumped from the bushes.

8. If you will wait just a second Mr. Sanchez I’ll be right back with your order.

9. There are many wonderful pyramids in Cairo Egypt.

10. Most importantly don’t forget to bring your bathing suit.

11. Dear Ronald

Of course our hamburgers are better than yours.

Yours truly

Jack 12. Please Anthony put the crayons on the table.

CreateBetterWriters.com 140 13. Houston Texas is a very important city for our nation’s space program.

14. No I can’t go with you Paul until I finish all my work.

15. How much will it cost to go to the water slide Jeff?

16. Mrs. Kline are we going to have homework over vacation?

17. In April 1861 the Civil War officially began.

18. Yes I will marry you Francisco.

19. My parents bought their house in Reno Nevada on November 7 1999.

20. His father works at the United States embassy in Seoul Korea.

21. Kimberly did you tell Omar that I said he was cute?

22. Dear Pinnochio

How’s life on Pleasure Island? Remember always let your conscience be your guide.

Affectionately

Jimminy

23. Larry is your birthday on Wednesday September 1 or is it Thursday September 2 ?

24. On September 9 2002 my mom had a surprise party in Lawton Oklahoma.

25. First of all you should not have waited until Tuesday December 24 to start your

shopping.

26. Best of all if we raise the money by Friday April 7 we’ll save an extra $50 for the

group Kevin

II. Directions: On a separate piece of paper, write a one paragraph letter to the president using each of the comma rules #1 through #6.

CreateBetterWriters.com 141 Name: ______

Rule #7 – Words in a List or Phrases in a List Use commas to separate words or phrases in a list. Example: I want pizza, ice-cream, cake, and soda for my party. Words in a List

The cat went up the tree, across the branch, and onto the roof. Phrases in a List

Rule #8 – Avoid Confusion Use a comma to help avoid confusion. Example: While sewing the coat was ripped. To avoid confusion: While sewing, the coat was ripped.

Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule below each sentence. 1. We need some wood, nails, and a hammer to make our tree house. Words in a List 2. For my birthday I received a CD bike radio and cash.

3. While rowing the boat sprung a leak.

4. We sang songs played games and ate ice cream at the party.

5. While playing the game pieces fell off the board.

6. During PE we had a run jump and kick contest.

7. For $10 I had to mow the lawn rake the leaves and sweep the sidewalk.

8. My favorite movies are Annie Babe Aladdin and The Lion King.

9. If you look down the hill are people making a movie.

10. The race will go up Hill Street across to Bixby Lane and down the Ramona Drive.

11. For the five lawns I mowed I received $10 $12 $8 $9 and $14.

12. During the past few years have been as good as these.

CreateBetterWriters.com 142 Name: ______

Rule #7 – Words / Phrases in a List Rule #8 – Avoid Confusion I. Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule below each sentence.

1. The ball bounced against the garage, hit the window, and rolled across the lawn. Phrases in a List 2. Our football team had a punt pass and kick contest.

3. While packing her suitcase fell on the floor.

4. The bird flew up down and around.

5. We came home watched television and went to bed.

6. My favorite colors in the rainbow are red violet and yellow.

7. While cooking the phone began to ring.

8. I’m not sure if I should have an orange a banana or a pear.

9. You can choose to do your homework help your mom or baby sit your sister.

10. If your clothes catch fire be sure to stop drop and roll.

11. While hunting the deer smelled something in the air that warned them of danger.

12. Go next door give Mrs. Garcia this package and ask her if she needs some help.

13. I don’t care if we win lose or draw.

14. Wake up take a shower eat breakfast and get ready for school.

15. If you watch the stars seem to sparkle like diamonds.

II. Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, write six sentences about camping. Write three sentences using Words in a List and three sentences using Phrases in a List.

CreateBetterWriters.com 143 Name: ______

Rule #9 - Interrupter Use a comma to set apart a word or phrase that interrupts a sentence. Examples: My mom, however, thinks that we should walk to school together. Whenever I get a chance, which isn’t very often, I like to go fishing.

Rule #10 - Appositives Like an interrupter, use a comma to set apart a word or phrase that explains the noun before or after it. Examples: Mr. Johnson, my coach, is having a party for us after the season. My sister’s friend, Derek, will meet us at the beach.

Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule below each sentence. 1. If we work later, although nobody wants to, we can take the day off on Friday. Interrupter 2. We will visit Chicago the windy city before we reach South Bend.

3. These stamps for example come all the way from France.

4. Today’s special roast beef and fries will be served until 1:00.

5. Jim and Kyle my two best friends are helping me build my go-cart.

6. Who may I ask is going to drive you home?

7. This cat however was the runt of the litter.

8. Singapore a small island near Malaysia is a very modern city.

9. Did you know that Ms. Lee my karate instructor is getting married?

10. Our table as you will see will have the most points before the day is over.

CreateBetterWriters.com 144 Name: ______

Rule #9 – Interrupter Rule #10 – Appositives Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule below each sentence. 1. That’s my sister, the one in the pink dress, singing in the choir. Appositives

2. You on the other hand need to speak louder so we can all hear.

3. Vanessa the most improved student in the class scored a 98 on her math test.

4. Those students the girls in the back row have been talking all day.

5. Bears however will take care of their young for a couple of years.

6. Cyndi is moving to New Jersey the Garden State.

7. Mrs. Bachman the principal will give our certificates at the assembly.

8. Sarah in another year will be old enough to drive.

9. Tomorrow if everyone is good I’ll bring treats for the class.

10. Karen a great leader would like to be president some day.

11. She of course will win for the third time in a row.

12. Everyone was happy even Arnold when we talked about our problems

13. Louis Sachar my favorite author will be signing his books tomorrow.

14. The ruby a very expensive gem will be on display at the museum.

15. The baby eagle when the time is right will learn to fly like its mother.

16. The Sears tower once the largest building in America is in Chicago.

17. The students for the most part were on their best behavior.

18. If you want to play, you’ll have to ask Mr. Philips the head coach.

Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, write six sentences describing a game. Explain the game using three interrupters and three appositives.

CreateBetterWriters.com 145 Name: ______

Rule # 11 – Adjectives Use a comma to separate two or more descriptive adjectives in row. When one is a color, no comma is needed. Examples: The big, round ball bounced across the yard. The blue shiny balloon floated away.

Rule #12 – Quotations Use a comma to separate a quote from who said it. Examples: “ We’re going to get ice-cream after dinner, ” said Dad. Dad said, “We’re going to get ice-cream after dinner. ” “ We’re going to get ice-cream, ” said Dad, “ after dinner. ”

Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule below each sentence. Finally, change each “said” to a better word. announced 1. Mom said, “ Everyone needs to get ready to go.” Quotations

2. “ We can get some cotton candy when we get to the park ” said Dad.

3. Joseph wore his bright beautiful coat to the celebration.

4. “ Under the tree ” said Sally “ there are two presents for you. ”

5. I’m in the mood for a tender juicy hamburger.

6. “ Let’s go see a movie ” said Jane.

7. “ If you are a dedicated hard-working student ” said the teacher “ you will go far. ”

8. She said “ Let’s write a story together. ”

9. The clown gave balloons to all the happy smiling children.

10. “ Put all the red round ornaments into the box ” said Grandma.

CreateBetterWriters.com 146 Name: ______

Rule # 11 – Adjectives Rule #12 – Quotations Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule or rules below each sentence. Finally, change each “said” to a better word. praised 1. “ She always sees the positive, cheerful side of things, ” said Carol. Adjectives Quotation 2. “ Here’s a tissue ” she said “ for that wet runny nose. ”

3. “Let’s go get some tacos ” he said.

4. “ Somebody put a big blue sign in the back of their window ” said Bill.

5. “ My grandpa is a kind old man ” said Julie.

6. The writer told about the lonely young lady who lived on the street.

7. “When will it be my turn ” she said “ to ride on the pony? ”

8. If you wear your puffy yellow jacket, you’ll stay a warm toasty girl.

9. He said “ Curiosity killed the cat. ”

10. “ Life is about the journey ” she said “ not the destination. ”

11. Simon says “ Put your hands on your hips. ”

12. “ Let’s get some warm buttery popcorn for the movie ” she said.

13. Andy told his scary exciting story to the entire group.

14. “ Rudolph with your bright shiny nose ” said Santa “ will you guide my sleigh

tonight? ”

15. “ Be sure to study carefully for your test tomorrow ” said the teacher.

Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, write ten (10) sentences about children hitting a piñata. Write four (4) sentences using quotations, four (4) sentences using adjectives, and two (2) sentences using both quotations and adjectives.

CreateBetterWriters.com 147 Name: ______

Rule #13 – Compound Sentence When two complete sentences are joined by the conjunctions or, and, or but, use a comma before the conjunction. Example: Mom went to get the food, and Dad went to get the video.

Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, circle the subjects in each sentence.

1. Do you want us to help, or would you like to do it yourself ?

2. Bruce sang a song and he signed autographs for his fans.

3. We wanted to play video games but my brother broke the television.

4. Do all your homework now or you’ll go to bed early.

5. The magician performed his tricks and the audience sat in amazement.

6. The game was supposed to start at 1:00 but it started to rain.

7. Take care of your toys or they won’t last very long.

8. I drew the pictures and she wrote the poem.

9. The climbers were ready to leave but the sun was beginning to set.

10. You can wash the car or I can pay someone else to do it.

11. The mother took a nap and the puppies played with the ball.

12. We all wanted to eat some cookies but nobody wanted to make them.

13. Leave your sister alone or I’ll give you a spanking.

14. They waited for ten minutes but the waiter didn’t bring our drinks.

15. The driver circled the museum and the tour guide described the city.

Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, write five compound sentences about children on a playground.

CreateBetterWriters.com 148 Name: ______

Rule #7 – Words / Phrases in a List Rule #8 – Avoid Confusion Rule #9 – Interrupter Rule #10 – Appositives Rule #11 – Adjectives Rule #12 – Quotations Rule #13 – Compound Sentence

I. Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule or rules below each sentence.

1. Mr. Ly, the PTA president, talked about our reading, writing, and math scores. Appositives Words in a List

2. While driving the car suddenly started to make strange squeaky sounds.

3. Our school however has some of the best students in the state.

4. Either you can wash the dishes or you can sweep the floor.

5. “ We’re going sailing tomorrow ” said Mary.

6. “ We sold $50 worth of sour cherry licorice ” she said “ for our field trip. ”

7. The dog jumped on the couch looked out the window and barked at the mailman.

8. While working the computers shut down.

9. The actor while waiting for his turn to perform practiced his lines.

10. “ Take the card to Sarah my aunt after dinner ” she said.

11. It was time for the show to start but the audience was still being seated.

12. “ I can’t wait to sleep in my soft comfortable bed ” he said.

13. We looked in the cupboards closets and shelves for my tools.

14. The parade of course will be filled with many colorful floats.

15. In the night time seems to stand still.

16. The volcano blew thick blazing lava into the air.

CreateBetterWriters.com 149 17. “ When you get on the ride ” said the engineer “ keep your hands inside the car. ”

18. The wolf made a sad lonely cry at the full moon.

19. Mr. Park our new mayor gave a speech about hope peace and friendship.

20. We decorated the house and they made all the food.

21. Everyone said that Jose is a short slow runner but he is the best player on the field.

22. “ I want a new dishwasher ” announced Lucy.

23. Mr. Mertz the apartment manager came over to repair the sink fix the door and

clean the windows.

24. Early in the morning before the crowds arrived we went shopping at the mall.

25. You can choose a scrambled poached or fried egg sandwich.

26. While eating the dog started to beg for scraps.

27. “ Life is like a box of chocolates ” said Forest “ because you never know what you’re

gonna get. ”

28. If you like these cookies most people do I can get you the recipe.

29. Alice the star of the show will tell a lot of short funny jokes during the play.

30. Ellen said “ This is going to be the best birthday ever. ”

CreateBetterWriters.com 150 Name: ______

I. Directions: Place commas where they are needed. Next, write the name of the rule or rules below each sentence.

1. Jim and Kyle my two best friends are helping me build my go-cart.

2. “ Let’s go see a movie ” said Jane.

3. We wanted to play video games but my brother broke the television.

4. We sang songs played games and ate ice-cream at the party.

5. On Monday August 1 we will go to Phoenix Arizona for my brother’s wedding.

6. Dear Louis

Be sure to bring your bathing suit to my house next week.

Sincerely

Suzi

7. After eating the cat ate the crumbs off the floor.

8. “ Under the tree ” said Sally “ there are two presents for you. ”

9. Yes you may go to the dance after school.

10. There are tacos John in the refrigerator for you.

11. “ My grandpa is a kind old man ” said Julie.

12. Derek my sister’s friend will meet us at the beach.

13. She of course will win for the third time in a row.

14. Is your birthday on March 2 1991 or March 1 1992 ?

l5. Give the crayons to Tommy Billy.

16. I’m in the mood for a tender juicy hamburger.

17. Fred the key to the house is inside the mailbox.

CreateBetterWriters.com 151 18. My favorite colors are blue green and yellow.

19. The game was supposed to start at 1:00 but it started to rain.

20. Who may I ask is going to drive you home?

21. Sorry the store will be closed for the holiday.

22. She said “ Let’s get some warm buttery popcorn for the movie ”

23. On Tuesday January 1 2002 games were played in Miami Florida and Dallas Texas.

24. Suddenly the lion jumped from the bushes.

25. Jamie are you going to join us for dinner ?

26. Do you want us to help you or would you like to do it yourself ?

27. During the past few years have been as good as these.

28. We will visit Chicago the Windy City before we reach South Bend.

29. “ We sold $50 worth of sour cherry licorice ” she said “ for our field trip. ”

30. The climbers were ready to leave but the sun was beginning to set.

31. Vanessa the most improved student in the class scored a 98 on her math test.

32. Go next door give Mrs. Garcia this package and ask her if she needs some help.

33. Bears however will take care of their young for a couple of years.

34. The president will visit Bangkok Thailand on Wednesday November 14.

35. “ Be sure to study carefully for your test tomorrow ” said the teacher.

36. Peanut you’re the best hamster in the world.

II. Directions: Select a topic. Write three sentences for each comma rule about that topic.

CreateBetterWriters.com 152 Name ______

I. Capitalization Use your literature book to find an example of a word that uses the capitalization rules listed below: Days of the Week – ______Language – ______Name of Institution or Business – ______Region – ______Title - ______

II. Comma Rules Use your literature book to find five ( 5 ) sentences that use commas. Write the sentence and the name of the comma rule it follows. Make sure you find five different comma rules.

1. ______

______Name of Rule: ______

2. ______

______Name of Rule: ______

3. ______

______Name of Rule: ______

4. ______

______Name of Rule: ______

5. ______

______Name of Rule: ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 153 Name ______

Directions: In the sentences below, put commas where they are needed. Write the name of the comma rule below each sentence.

1. While packing her lunch got smashed.

2. Mr. Ramirez our coach made us do running drills for an hour.

3. When we got home, we unpacked washed our clothes and put them away.

4. Dad said “ We’re leaving for Disneyland in five minutes.”

5. Mom told me to get pencils paper and notebooks for the meeting.

6. During the song a fly flew into the singer’s mouth.

7. While at the park, we jumped played ate and swam.

8. Mom I think I have a fever.

9. Beautiful tropical birds are often found flying around the jungle.

10. The cat ran through the house out the back door and into our back yard.

11. The students who understand comma rules hopefully will become better writers.

12. The coach yelled “Get back on the base!” as the outfielder caught the ball.

13. “ Thank you for your kindness ” replied Mary as she put the packages into the car.

14. The boys were going to the party but they had to clean their room first.

15. I’ll give you an A Brittany if you get all the answers correct.

( #16 - #25 on the back )

CreateBetterWriters.com 154 16. Dear students

I hope you all do well.

Sincerely

Mr. Dye

17. The students had a tired blank look on their faces during the lesson.

18. Mrs. Carter and Ms. Kinon two of the school’s fifth grade teachers went on a field

trip to the beach.

19. I received a large brown package from the post office last week.

20. Mrs. Bletterman you’re the nicest teacher in the world.

21. Send the letter to 3333 Main St. Seal Beach California.

22. Wait the rest of the class isn’t ready.

23. Tim waited for his mom and she arrived right on time.

24. After beating my brother at Go Fish, I danced around him as I made loud obnoxious

noises.

25. On vacation we went swimming in the lake water-skiing in the ocean and snorkeling

in the lagoon.

CreateBetterWriters.com 155 Directions: In the sentences below, put commas where they are needed.

1. While packing, her lunch got smashed. Avoid Confusion 2. Mr. Ramirez, our coach, made us do running drills for an hour. Appositives 3. When we got home, we unpacked, washed our clothes, and put them away. Phrases in a List 4. Dad said, “ We’re leaving for Disneyland in five minutes.” Quotations 5. Mom told me to get pencils, paper, and notebooks for the meeting. Words in a List 6. During the song, a fly flew into the singer’s mouth. Introductory Phrase 7. While at the park, we jumped, played, ate, and swam. Words in a List 8. Mom, I think I have a fever. Direct Address 9. Beautiful, tropical birds are often found flying around the jungle. Adjectives 10. The cat ran through the house, out the back door, and into our back yard. Phrases in a List 11. The students who understand comma rules, hopefully, will become better writers. Interrupter 12. The coach yelled, “Get back on the base!” as the outfielder caught the ball. Quotations 13. “ Thank you for your kindness, ” replied Mary as she put the packages into the car. Quotations 14. The boys were going to the party, but they had to clean their room first. Compound Sentence 15. I’ll give you an A, Brittany, if you get all the answers correct. Direct Address

CreateBetterWriters.com 156 16. Dear students, Greeting I hope you all do well.

Sincerely, Closing Mr. Dye

17. The students had a tired, blank look on their faces during the lesson. Adjectives 18. Mrs. Carter and Ms. Kinon, two of the school’s fifth grade teachers, went on a field Appositives trip to the beach. 19. I received a large brown package from the post office last week. Adjectives 20. Mrs. Bletterman, you’re the nicest teacher in the world. Direct Address 21. Send the letter to 3333 Main St. Seal Beach, California. City, State 22. Wait, the rest of the class isn’t ready. Introductory Word 23. Tim waited for his mom, and she arrived right on time. Compound Sentence 24. After beating my brother at Go Fish, I danced around him as I made loud, obnoxious Adjectives noises. 25. On vacation we went swimming in the lake, water-skiing in the ocean, and Phrases in a List snorkeling in the lagoon.

CreateBetterWriters.com 157 CreateBetterWriters.com 158 Apostrophe: Possessive Nouns

Apostrophe: Contractions

Colons and Semicolons

CreateBetterWriters.com 159 Grammar Standards – Unit 7

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Apostrophe: Possessive Nouns 2. Apostrophe: Contractions 3. Colons and Semicolons

Grammar Standards – Unit 7

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Apostrophe: Possessive Nouns 2. Apostrophe: Contractions 3. Colons and Semicolons

CreateBetterWriters.com 160 Name: ______

Definition: A possessive noun shows ownership by using an apostrophe. Rule #1 Singular Nouns – add ( ’s ) Singular Noun Possessive dog dog + ’s the dog’s dish The dog owns the dish. man man + ’s a man’s car A man owns the car.

Rule #2 Plural Nouns – add (’ ) Plural Nouns Possessive boys boys + ’ the boys’ team Several boys own the team. owners owners + ’ the owners’ meeting Several owners own the meeting.

Rules #1 and #2 are the basic rules to follow. However, sometimes tricky situations arise and these rules no longer work. Below are a couple more rules to follow. Rule #3 Singular Nouns that end in “s” or “z” If the noun is one syllable, add (’s ), the same as Rule #1. If the noun has two or more syllables, only add ( ’ ).

One Syllable Examples Two Syllables Examples Chris Chris + ’s Chris’s bike business business + ’ business’ name Oz Oz + ’s Oz’s city Cortez Cortez + ’ Cortez’ ships gas gas + ’s gas’s smell Thomas Thomas + ’ Thomas’ friend

Rule #4 Plural nouns that do NOT end in “s”. Because these words are plural on their own, without adding s, put (’s ) to separate the s from the rest of the word.

Plural Possessive Plural Possessive women women + ’s women’s club people people + ’s people’s choice men men + ’s men’s section geese geese + ’s geese’s park

CreateBetterWriters.com 161 Name: ______

Part I – Rules #1 and #2 Directions: Add ( ’ ) where needed. Next draw an arrow from the possessive noun to what is owned. Finally, below the line, write “singular” or “plural” depending on the noun.

Example: the toys button the toy’s button Singular 1. a dolls house 5. both of my hands gloves 9. several waves sound 2. two cars garage 6. many ducks pond 10. the partys music 3. the familys vacation 7. my dads car 11. a doctors office 4. a singers song 8. Kimberlys performance 12. The stories author

Part II – Rules #3 and #4 Directions: Rewrite the phrases below using possessives. Add ( ’s ) or just ( ’ ) as needed. 1. A bike belonging to Bess - _Bess’s bike__ 6. The room of Ross - ______2. The ship of Cortez - ______7. The room of the governess - ______3. The chair of the boss - ______8. The sound of jazz - ______4. A governor of Arkansas - ______9. A shirt for Francis - ______5. The cause of the fracas - ______10. The disciples of Jesus - ______

Part III – Rules #1 through #4 Directions: Rewrite the phrases below using possessives. Add ( ’s ) or just ( ’ ) as needed. 1. The meadow of the deer - ______7. The Emerald City of Oz - ______

2. Projects belonging to students - ______8. Songs of the bands - ______

3. The lake of the bass - ______9. A locker room for men - ______

4. A flower of a girl - ______10. The flame of a candle - ______

5. Carts belonging to shoppers - ______11. A dress for an empress - ______

6. The plane of a pilot - ______12. A hospital for the doctor - ______

Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, write any 10 possessive nouns from this page in sentences.

CreateBetterWriters.com 162 Name: ______

Part I – Rules #1 through #4 Directions: Add ( ’ ) where needed. Next, draw an arrow from the possessive noun to what is owned. Finally, below the line, write “singular” or “plural” depending on the noun. Example: the toys button the toy’s button Singular

1. womens book club 6. two cubs tired mother 11. two sisters red lipstick

2. a tigers big cage 7. a salesmans first customer 12. an actress big movie

3. several horses many riders 8. a waitress many tips 13. many teachers lounge

4. the dresses half-price sale 9. the buzzs strange sound 14. a winds chill

5. a skateboarders awesome spin 10. a boys best friend 15. a childs broken toy

Part II – Rules #1 through #4 Directions: Rewrite the phrases below using possessives. Add ( ’s ) or just ( ’ ) as needed. 1. The black ink from the printer - ______

2. A retirement party for Mr. Bozz - ______

3. The underground home of the ants - ______

4. A difficult job of the stewardess - ______

5. All the former governors of Kansas - ______

6. The beautiful formation of the flock of geese - ______

7. The bookcase for my thesaurus - ______

8. A comfortable bed for my puppies - ______

9. Some shoppers from the mall - ______

10. A birthday present for Thomas - ______

11. Some tasty donuts for my students - ______

12. The soft music from the band - ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 163 Name: ______

Try this trick: If the ( s ) in the word is NOT normally there, then add ( ’s). If the ( s ) IS normally there, just add ( ’ ). Example: toy - no s, so add ( ’s ) = toy’s toys – the s is there, so just add ( ’ ) = toys’ child – no s, so add ( ’s ) = child’s children – no s, so add ( ’s ) = children’s * Don’t forget the one and two syllable rule for singular words that end in ( s ).

Part I - Write the possessive form for each word. Use ( ’s ) or just ( ’ ) as needed. 1. toys - ___toys’___ 6. calendar - ______11. book - ______2. toy - ___toy’s___ 7. calendars - ______12. books - ______3. man - ______8. dogs - ______13. child - ______4. men - ______9. dog - ______14. children - ______5. actress - ______10. Mr. Cruz - ______15. dress - ______

Part II – Rewrite the phrase with an apostrophe showing the possessive.

1. ____Washington’s birthday__ a birthday for Washington

2. ______a present for Rick and Omar

3. ______flowery curtains for windows

4. ______a dark cave for several bats

5. ______a big, juicy bone for a dog

6. ______warm gloves for Mr. Perez

7. ______a nest for some birds

8. ______candy for a baby

9. ______a small hole for two mice

10. ______a locker for a student

Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, write any ten (10 ) words from Part I in a sentence.

CreateBetterWriters.com 164 Name: ______

Part I - Write the possessive form for each word or words. Use ( ’s ) or just ( ’ ) as needed. 1. boys and girls - __boys and girls’ __ 4. cup and plate - ______boy and girl - ______cups and plates - ______2. music and lyric - ______5. spider and fly - ______music and lyrics - ______spiders and flies - ______3. cook and waitress - ______6. Jesus and his disciples - ______cooks and waitresses - ______7. Kim and Bess - ______

Part II - Rewrite the phrase with an apostrophe showing the possessive.

1. _____boys and girls’ clubs____ clubs for boys and girls

2. ______laces on a glove

3. ______a choice for the people

4. ______a clean room for Shawn and Ryan

5. ______the address of the house

6. ______cheese for some mice

7. ______the beginning of an idea

8. ______a garden for birds and bees

9. ______the new folder for Andy

10. ______tools for the mechanics

11. ______pizza for the class

12. ______homework for Sandra

13. ______fresh milk for the babies

14. ______the signals for the pitcher and catcher

15. ______a league for men and women

CreateBetterWriters.com 165 Name: ______

Directions: Rewrite the phrase with an apostrophe showing the possessive.

Example: ___the pool’s water___ the water from the pool

1. ______the flag of the country

2. ______the beach of the surfers

3. ______the buttons on the dress

4. ______a party for friends and neighbors

5. ______lessons from the story

6. ______shine from brass

7. ______bright stars on a flag

8. ______a song from the movie

9. ______the arrival of the king and queen

10. ______the job of Mr. Lopez

11. ______the big ship belonging to the sailors

12. ______the color of the skies

13. ______grades belonging to a student

14. ______the wedding vows of the man and woman

15. ______a job of the boss

Extension: On a separate sheet of paper, write any 10 possessive nouns from this page in sentences.

CreateBetterWriters.com 166 Name: ______

Directions: Rewrite the phrase with an apostrophe showing the possessive. Example: ___the pool’s water___ the water from the pool

1. ______the milk from the glass

2. ______a field for some players

3. ______a letter for Mom and Dad

4. ______stories from Mr. Cortez

5. ______the weapons for the soldiers

6. ______a lesson from history

7. ______the high price of the tickets

8. ______the role of the actress

9. ______a partnership between Tom and Jerry

10. ______freedom for Americans

11. ______money for charities

12. ______the order for the waitress

13. ______the shape of the clouds

14. ______a director for the movie

15. ______supplies for the teachers and students

CreateBetterWriters.com 167 Name: ______

Definition: “Contract” means “to shorten.” Therefore, a contraction is when two words are shortened into one word. An apostrophe is used to show where letters from one of the words were left out.

Examples: he + is = he’s John + is = John’s you + are = you’re

missing i missing i missing a

Directions: Fill in the blanks with the correct words. Write the missing letter from the contractions on the lines to the right. Missing Letters Missing Letters

1. she has ______she’s______ha___ 16. ______I’m ______

2. would not ______17. ______could’ve ______3. we have ______18. ______we’re ______4. ______he’s ______19. I have ______5. ______shouldn’t ______20. would have ______6. ______don’t ______21. could have ______7. we will ______22. ______I’ll ______8. they are ______23. ______hasn’t ______9. she is ______24. ______can’t ______10. ______aren’t ______25. you are ______11. ______she’d ______26. it is ______12. ______it’ll ______27. they would ______13. cannot ______28. ______there’s ______14. will not ______29. ______hadn’t ______15. were not ______30. ______haven’t ______

Extension: 1. For the contractions above, write any contraction that you missed five times. 2. Write the contractions that you missed in a sentence. If you received a perfect score, select any 5 contractions and write them in a sentence.

CreateBetterWriters.com 168 Name: ______

Directions: Fill in the blanks with the correct contraction or write the two words formed by the contraction. 1. have not ______11. ______I’m 2. Kim will ______12. ______you’re 3. were not ______13. ______can’t 4. __Joy and Carrie are__ Joy and Carrie’re 14. I had ______5. ______hadn’t 15. there is ______6. ______Bill and Jeff’ll 16. would not ______7. Mom is ______17. ______won’t 8. they are ______18. ______Tom’ll 9. we will ______19. ______it’s 10. will not ______20. ______Kay and Susan’re

Extension: Write the following contractions in a sentence. 1. They’ll 2. Mom’ll 3. won’t 4. Dad’s 5. wouldn’t

Example: “They’ll come over for the slumber party!” shouted Elizabeth.

1. ______2. ______3. ______4. ______5. ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 169 Name: ______

Directions: Use the words in the box below to make as many contractions as possible for each word listed. not would am are had is will have

Example:

She - __she’d__ __she’d__ __she’s__ __she’ll__

1. he - ______

2. they - ______

3. I - ______

4. you - ______

5. we - ______

6. could - ______

7. it - ______

8. should - ______

9. would - ______

10. do - ______13. has - ______

11. will - ______14. did - ______

12. are - ______15. have - ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 170 Name: ______

Directions: Each sentence below has words that can form contractions. Rewrite the words as contractions below each sentence. Example: My mom said that you should not talk with your mouth full. ( 1 ) shouldn’t

1. I am ready for the test that she is giving. ( 2 )

2. Mom would not tell us what is in the box because it is a surprise. ( 3 )

3. She will not take the boys until they are finished with their homework. ( 2 )

4. We have been chosen to decorate the school, and we will start today. ( 2 )

5. It is time to go so they are going to say goodbye now. ( 2 )

6. Tom cannot swim so he should not go in the water without supervision. ( 2 )

7. Tori should not play, Vanessa could not play, and Heather would not play. ( 3 )

8. Do not open your present until I am finished baking your cake. ( 2 )

9. The coach said that you will play if he is sure you are not sick. ( 3 )

10. Mrs. Wallace did not stop talking because the movie had not started yet. ( 2 )

11. John is going but we will have to stay here. ( 2 )

12. Tina will not go because I cannot go. ( 2 )

Extension: Write the following contractions in a sentence. can’t won’t shouldn’t couldn’t I’m weren’t haven’t

CreateBetterWriters.com 171 Name: ______

When to use colons: 1. Setting off lists. Ex. Bring the following materials: paper, pencils, and crayons. 2. Time – to set apart hours from minutes from seconds. Ex. 5:25:44 = 5 hours, 25 minutes, 44 seconds. 3. Business Letter – after the greeting. Ex. Dear Sir: 4. Between the chapter and verses of the Bible. Ex. John 3:16

When to use semicolons: 1. To join two closely related sentences. Ex. The bell rang; the students rushed for the door. 2. Setting off lists with commas. Ex. During the game the ladies talked, laughed, and cheered; the men played, yelled, and argued; and the children ate, drank, and slept.

Directions: Place a colon or semicolon as needed in the following sentences. Write the number of the rule below each colon or semicolon.

1. Meet me at the park at 3:30 ; I’ll bring everything for the game. C#2 S#1

2. At 12 00 A.M. the Pope will read Matthew 5 3-12 he will close in prayer at 12 30.

3. Dear Madam

In my next order, I would like the following scissors, glue, tape, and paper.

4. The school record for the city marathon is 3 55 23.

5. John 11 35 is the shortest verse in the Bible it says, “Jesus wept.”

6. These are the members of our new math team Jose, Karen, Fabricio, and Corina.

7. At 12 00 A.M. we celebrated it was the beginning of a new year.

8. To Whom It May Concern

Your batteries only lasted for 2 15 18 in my radio I’m switching to another battery.

CreateBetterWriters.com 172 Name: ______

Directions: In the letter below, place colons and semicolons where needed. Write the number of the rule from worksheet #1 below each colon or semicolon.

Dear Sir

Thank you for planning our son’s birthday party for us. I’d like to give you

some important information for the party it’s important that everything runs

smoothly. The party must begin at exactly 6 4 5 P.M. as we would like to

surprise him at 7 3 0. Please have the following items ready for the start of the

party the music, refreshments, decorations, and entertainment. Also, we would

like to have the Bible verse Psalm 119 9-11 printed on the invitations. In regards

to the music, we would like these things fun songs for singing, dancing, and

playing slow songs so people can relax, unwind, and talk and fast songs for the

boys, girls and young at heart. During the music, it might be fun to have a

dance-a-thon contest. Last year the winning time was 1 15 21. If all goes well,

the party should end sometime around 11 30. I’m sure it will be a great party you

come highly recommended. Thank you for everything.

Sincerely,

Ben Dover

Extension: On a separate sheet of paper write one sentence for each semicolon and colon rule.

CreateBetterWriters.com 173 Name: ______

Directions: Place a colon or semicolon as needed in the following sentences. Write the number of the rule below each colon or semicolon.

1. Meet me at the park at 3:30 ; I’ll bring everything for the game. C#2 S#1 2. We had a moment of silence at 9 11 we all remembered our heroes.

3. When you get home, have Mandy do the following chores wash, dry, and brush out

Fluffy send out invitations for the cat show and show Tom, Mike, and Monique how

to do it.

4. Dear Sir

The verse you wrote in your column was John 1 7, not Matthew 1 7.

5. I need the following for the party cookies, candy, and ice-cream.

6. Thomas’ time for the race was 1 08 11 it was the fastest time all year.

7. The 2 55 bus didn’t arrive until 3 15.

8. I’ll only eat these vegetables peas, carrots, and green beans.

9. To Whom It May Concern

My daughter was absent yesterday because she was sick she had the flu.

10. To be finished at 5 30, his final time needs to be 2 12 07.

11. When spring begins, we will have beautiful weather, long days, and more time to

play our parents will come home early and take us to practice and everyone will be

ready for school to end.

12. Be sure to study these words diminish, abstract, and amble.

13. The first verse in the Bible is Genesis 1 1.

Extension: On a separate sheet of paper write one sentence for each semicolon and colon rule.

CreateBetterWriters.com 174 Name: ______

Directions: Place a colon or semicolon as needed in the following sentences. Write the number of the rule below each colon or semicolon. 1. Meet me at the park at 3:30 ; I’ll bring everything for the game. C#2 S#1 2. Dear Madam

Your party was fantastic we didn’t leave until 2 30 in the morning.

3. Our timer says that we’ve been at this jog-a-thon for 2 04 11.

4. The lions can jump, climb, and roar the monkeys can swing, climb, and play and the

pandas can eat leaves, climb trees, and look cute.

5. At 2 45 school will be over everyone will go crazy.

Directions: In the letter below, place colons and semicolons where needed. Write the number of the rule from worksheet #1 below each colon or semicolon.

To Whom It May Concern I’m writing to tell you about your new product called SuperSkater it stinks. In your commercial, which is always on at 5 15, it says that it is “super fast” and “super strong”. Before we even got to use it, we discovered that it was missing the following pieces a wheel, a bolt, and a washer. We returned it to the store the store gave us a new one. My brother put the stickers on the top, bottom, and sides screwed on the front and back wheels then tightened all the screws. At 3 12 on Friday, April 13, he immediately jumped on the board and headed down a hill. Suddenly washers, nuts, and ball bearings were all over the ground the four wheels were going north, south, east, and west and my brother was surfing down the street trying to keep his balance. I’m sure the fact that he weighs almost three hundred pounds has nothing to do with the fact that your SuperSkater fell apart it’s a bad product.

Sincerely, Patty Kake

CreateBetterWriters.com 175 Name: ______

Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, rewrite each pair of sentences in two ways: 1) Using a semicolon, and 2) As a compound sentence. ( Use and, but, or or ) Example: I needed a hammer. / She went to the store. Semicolon: I needed a hammer; she went to the store. Compound Sentence: I needed a hammer, and she went to the store.

1. There was a lot of work to be done. / Nobody showed up to help.

2. I’ve been sick for a week. / My medicine made me feel better.

3. The game was long. / The game was fun.

4. She can play the flute. / She can play the drums.

5. We’re going to Hawaii for our vacation. / We’re staying for two weeks.

6. John cleaned his room. / Matthew messed it up.

7. Sally wanted to go to the party. / She had to baby-sit for her mom.

8. Rick worked very hard this year. / He won the Most-Improved-Student award.

9. The concert was supposed to start at 7:00. / It was cancelled because it rained.

10. We were all late for dinner. / The food was very cold.

CreateBetterWriters.com 176 Name: ______

1. Jerry scored twenty points. / We lost the game anyway.

2. Carrie only eats healthy food. / She never gets sick.

3. We waited for thirty minutes. / The doctor finally arrived.

4. We all worked together. / We won the game.

5. The printer wouldn’t work. / I used the copy machine instead.

6. The bear ruined our tent. / We had to sleep in the cabin.

7. The meeting is tomorrow. / The boss needs the information today.

8. The kids at the party wanted to dance. / They danced for an hour.

9. The music was loud. / The music was fun.

10. He asked for a hamburger. / They gave him a hotdog.

CreateBetterWriters.com 177 Name: ______

I. Apostrophe - Contractions Directions: Change each group of words into a contraction.

1. should have - ______4. cannot - ______2. would not - ______5. is not - ______3. will not - ______6. I would - ______

II. Apostrophe - Possessives Directions: Rewrite the phrase with an apostrophe showing the possessive. Example: ____shirt’s button___ - button for a shirt 1. ______- toy for a child 2. ______- pond of many ducks 3. ______- room of the girl 4. ______- bedroom of Kyle and Jacob 5. ______- faces of the children 6. ______- trail of the hikers 7. ______- class of many students 8. ______- book belonging to Ross 9. ______- club of the women 10. ______- cheese of the mice

III. Colons and Semicolons Directions: Place a colon or semicolon where it belongs. 1. Dear sir 2. 3 00 A.M. 3. Things to do take out the trash, feed the dog, and mow the lawn. 4. I felt sick I went home. 5. You need to bring these things paper, pencil, and a ruler. 6. It is late everyone went home. 7. To Whom It May Concern 8. 700 P.M.

CreateBetterWriters.com 178 I. Apostrophe - Contractions Directions: Change each group of words into a contraction. 1. should have - __should’ve______4. cannot - ___can’t______2. would not - ___wouldn’t______5. is not - ____isn’t______3. will not - ____won’t______6. I would - ___I’d______

II. Apostrophe - Possessives Directions: Rewrite the phrase with an apostrophe showing the possessive. Example: ____shirt’s button___ - button for a shirt 1. ______child’s toy______- toy for a child 2. ______ducks’ pond______- pond of many ducks 3. ______girl’s room______- room of the girl 4. ___Kyle and Jacob’s bedroom_ - bedroom of Kyle and Jacob 5. ______children’s faces______- faces of the children 6. ______hikers’ trail______- trail of all the hikers 7. ______students’ class______- class of many students 8. ______Ross’s book______- book belonging to Ross 9. ______women’s club______- club of the women 10. ______mice’s cheese______- cheese of the mice

III. Colons and Semicolons Directions: Place a colon or semicolon where it belongs.

1. Dear sir: 2. 3 : 00 A.M. 3. Things to do: Take out the trash, feed the dog, and mow the lawn. 4. I felt sick; I went home. 5. You need to bring these things: paper, pencil, and a ruler. 8. It is late; everyone went home. 9. To Whom It May Concern: 8. 7:00 P.M.

CreateBetterWriters.com 179 CreateBetterWriters.com 180 Common Prefixes

Common Suffixes

Common Homonyms

CreateBetterWriters.com 181 Grammar Standards – Unit 8

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Common Prefixes 2. Common Suffixes 3. Common Homophones

Grammar Standards – Unit 8

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Common Prefixes 2. Common Suffixes 3. Common Homophones

CreateBetterWriters.com 182 For the teacher:

1. Ask the students to spell “subjugate”.

2. Write “subjugate” on the board in syllables. sub ju gate

3. Explain to your students that a word is easier to spell when you learn to spell its syllables. Practice spelling “subjugate” with the class in syllables.

4. Explain that understanding the definition of a word is easier if you understand the meaning of its parts. By understanding the definition of prefixes, you have a big clue when you come to words you do not know. For example, “sub” means “under or below”. Ask the students if they can guess what subjugate might mean. Look it up in the dictionary and discuss the definition.

5. Using the worksheets (Prefix #1), have the students look up words that start with “sub”. Write five words on the paper. Have them only write words where sub is used as a prefix. They can tell by the definition (under or below should be part of the definition).

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 with the rest of the words on the worksheet.

7. Use the words that they find as spelling lists for the next few weeks.

8. The process above can be repeated with Prefix #2.

Answers to Prefix and Answers to Prefix and Suffix Review #1: Suffix Review #2:

1. D 5. B 1. C 5. B 2. A 6. D 2. B 6. D 3. C 7. D 3. A 7. C 4. B 8. A 4. B 8. A

CreateBetterWriters.com 183 Name: ______

Main Idea: Prefixes change the meaning of a word. A prefix is added to a base word to change its meaning. Example: “pre” means before. pre + test = pretest (before a test)

I. Directions: Use a dictionary to look up four ( 4 ) words with the prefixes listed below. Write the base word on the line. Next, write the base word with the prefix together. Finally, write the definition of the word. Note: When looking up the word, if there is no base word, it is not a prefix.

1. sub – under or below Base Word Definition sub - ___atomic___ = __subatomic__ : ___relating to the inner part of the atom_____ sub - ______= ______: ______sub - ______= ______: ______sub - ______= ______: ______

2. dis – expel; opposite Base Word Definition dis - ______= ______: ______dis - ______= ______: ______dis - ______= ______: ______dis - ______= ______: ______

3. trans – across; over; through Base Word Definition trans - ______= ______: ______trans - ______= ______: ______trans - ______= ______: ______trans - ______= ______: ______CreateBetterWriters.com 184 4. super – above; over; better Base Word Definition super - ______= ______: ______super - ______= ______: ______super - ______= ______: ______super - ______= ______: ______

5. anti - against Base Word Definition anti - ______= ______: ______anti - ______= ______: ______anti - ______= ______: ______anti - ______= ______: ______

II. Spelling List: Write the twenty words that you have found from the dictionary on the lines below. Put lines between the syllables and practice spelling the syllables within the word. Take a spelling test when you are ready.

1. ______11. ______2. ______12. ______3. ______13. ______4. ______14. ______5. ______15. ______6. ______16. ______7. ______17. ______8. ______18. ______9. ______19. ______10. ______20. ______

Extension: Make flash cards of the 5 prefixes: sub, bi, trans, super, anti. Put the prefix on the front. Put the definition and a sample word on the back.

CreateBetterWriters.com 185 Name: ______

Main Idea: Prefixes change the meaning of a word. A prefix is added to a base word to change its meaning. Example: “pre” means before. pre + test = pretest (before a test)

1. peri - around Base Word Definition peri - __meter____ = __perimeter_ : ___The measurement around a figure______peri - ______= ______: ______peri - ______= ______: ______peri - ______= ______: ______

2. non - opposite Base Word Definition non - ______= ______: ______non - ______= ______: ______non - ______= ______: ______non - ______= ______: ______

3. hyper – over; above; more than needed Base Word Definition hyper - ______= ______: ______hyper - ______= ______: ______hyper - ______= ______: ______hyper - ______= ______: ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 186 4. ultra – extremely; very much Base Word Definition ultra - ______= ______: ______ultra - ______= ______: ______ultra - ______= ______: ______ultra - ______= ______: ______

5. co – working together; equal Base Word Definition co - ______= ______: ______co - ______= ______: ______co - ______= ______: ______co - ______= ______: ______

1. ______11. ______2. ______12. ______3. ______13. ______4. ______14. ______5. ______15. ______6. ______16. ______7. ______17. ______8. ______18. ______9. ______19. ______10. ______20. ______

Extension: Make flash cards out of the 5 prefixes: peri, non, hyper, ultra, co. Put the prefix on the front. Put the definition and a sample word on the back.

CreateBetterWriters.com 187 Name: ______

Main Idea: A suffix changes the part of speech of a word. Examples: wash = verb washable = adjective / dark = adjective darkness = noun

Suffixes 1. y – full of (adjective) 6. ous – full of (adjective) . 2. ism – characteristic of (noun) 7. ia – name of a place or disease (noun) 3. ist – person who does (noun) 8. ize – to cause to become (verb) 4. ible – able to (adjective) 9. ive – having the characteristics of 5. tion – the act of (nouns) (adjective) 10. ant – person or thing that does or is (noun)

Directions: Add a suffix to the words below. Next to each word, write the new part of speech. Some words can have more than one suffix. * Note: You may have to change the spelling when adding a suffix.

1. interrupt - __interruption = noun______

2. fame - ______

3. stick - ______

4. art - ______

5. instruct - ______

6. monster - ______

7. destruct - ______

8. defend - ______

9. race - ______

10. react - ______

11. disaster - ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 188 12. mess - ______

13. create - ______

14. type - ______

15. talk - ______

16. Indian - ______

17. imperial - ______

18. hunger - ______

19. impress - ______

20. effect - ______

II. Circle one word on each line above. Write the words below. This is your spelling list for the week. Put a line between the syllables and practice spelling the syllables within the word. Take a spelling test when you are ready.

1. ______11. ______2. ______12. ______3. ______13. ______4. ______14. ______5. ______15. ______6. ______16. ______7. ______17. ______8. ______18. ______9. ______19. ______10. ______20. ______

Extension: Make flash cards out of the ten suffixes: y, ism, ist, ible, tion, ous, ia, ize, ive, ant. Put the suffix on the front. Put the definition and a sample word on the back.

CreateBetterWriters.com 189 Name: ______Name: ______Name: ______Correct: ______Correct: ______Correct: ______

You have one minute to You have one minute to You have one minute to write the definitions of write the definitions of write the definitions of the prefixes and suffixes the prefixes and suffixes the prefixes and suffixes below. below. below.

1. sub - ______1. ultra - ______1. non - ______

2. dis - ______2. co - ______2. hyper - ______

3. trans - ______3. sub - ______3. ultra - ______

4. super - ______4. dis - ______4. co - ______

5. anti - ______5. trans - ______5. sub - ______

6. peri - ______6. super - ______6. dis - ______

7. non - ______7. anti - ______7. trans - ______

8. hyper - ______8. peri - ______8. super - ______

Suffixes Suffixes Suffixes

9. -y : ______9. -tion : ______9. -ive : ______

10. -ism : ______10. -ous : ______10. -ant : ______

11. -ist : ______11. -ia : ______11. -y : ______

12. -ible : ______12. -ize : ______12. -ism : ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 190 Name: ______

1. The prefix sub- means “under or below”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix sub the same way as the sentence below: The submarine stayed under the water for many hours.

A. The subject of the lesson was the American Revolution. B. To sublimate means that an object goes from a gas to a solid without becoming a liquid. C. There was a soft, subtle noise coming from the computer. D. There is a subway that travels from the airport to the ball park.

2. The prefix bi- means “two”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix bi the same way as the sentence below: There is a bicoastal car race that goes from Florida to California.

A. Many people like to pay their bills biweekly rather than once a month. B. In biology we learned how to body fights germs. C. John used a binder to help him keep his homework organized. D. The Sioux Indians hunted bison on the prairies.

3. The prefix trans- means “across; over; through”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix trans the same way as the sentence below: Going from the United States to China would require a transoceanic flight.

A. Because the skin of the fish was transparent, we could see its internal organs. B. The transition from recess to math went very smoothly. C. President Lincoln ordered the construction of the transcontinental railroad. D. It is amazing how a caterpillar can transform into a butterfly.

4. The prefix super- means “above; over; better”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix super the same way as the sentence below: The scientists used a supercomputer to help predict the weather.

A. The oil rigs has a superstructure built over them to hide their ugly looks. B. The engine had a supercharger to help the car go faster. C. We needed an adult to supervise the experiment. D. Barry believes the superstition that finding a penny will bring good luck.

CreateBetterWriters.com 191 5. The prefix anti- means “against”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix anti the same way as the sentence below: Brian was antisocial and wouldn’t come out of his room all day.

A. The dark clouds made us anticipate when it was going to rain. B. We put antifreeze in the car’s engine this winter to protect it from the cold weather. C. Our camp director had a snake bite antidote in case we needed it. D. My grandmother has an antique gumball machine from the 1800’s.

6. The suffix -y means “full of”. Which of the four sentences below uses the suffix y the same way as the sentence below: The ice cream melted and made my hands sticky.

A. The mother sang a lullaby to her baby. B. The lady could not identify the person who threw the rock. C. The boat traveled through the water very quickly. D. After playing in the mud the children were very dirty.

7. The suffix -ia means “name of a place or disease”. Which of the four sentences below uses the suffix ia the same way as the sentence below: She rested so her cold wouldn’t turn into pneumonia.

A. The United States capitol is in the District of Columbia. B. The minutemen fought in the colonial militia against the British. C. The doctor was worried that his patient might have leukemia. D. A reporter from the local media asked them some questions.

8. The suffix -ant means “person or thing that does or is”. Which of the four sentences below uses the suffix ant the same way as the sentence below: The four children are dependant on their parents for food and clothing.

A. The informant told the police who stole the money. B. Mom had to transplant the flowers from the front yard to the back yard. C. She has a happy, vibrant personality. D. The teacher was angry about the constant talking of the students.

CreateBetterWriters.com 192 Name: ______

1. The prefix mis- means “bad or badly”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix mis the same way as the sentence below: If you misbehave you will lose your recess.

A. Some of the pieced of the puzzle were missing. B. The plane flying across the sky looked like a missile. C. People who misuse the equipment won’t be allowed to use it anymore. D. There is a mission in the city that will give food to the homeless.

2. The prefix inter- means “between or among”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix inter the same way as the sentence below: The bicycles were interlocked so that they would be harder to steal.

A. Mom told us not to interrupt her when she’s on the phone. B. Be sure to intermix the nuts, raisins, and chocolate in the bowl. C. The kids always interfere with our game by running across the court. D. The internal light of the car was not as bright as the external light of the lamppost.

3. The prefix micro- means “small”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix micro the same way as the sentence below: A microwave sends tiny waves to heat the food.

A. The doctor needed to perform microsurgery to repair the veins in her hand. B. A micron is one millionth of a meter C. The doctor discovered that a microbe was causing the disease. D. Scientists are trying to micronize the atom.

4. The prefix dis- means “lack of or opposite”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix dis the same way as the sentence below: My brother and sister always disagree about what to have for dinner.

A. The doctor found a cure for the disease. B. It is dishonest to copy someone else’s work and say that it’s yours. C. We had to discuss the problem until it was solved. D. The teacher will dismiss the class when the room is clean.

CreateBetterWriters.com 193 5. The prefix in- means “not or into”. Which of the four sentences below uses the prefix in the same way as the sentence below: He lost the spelling bee because of an incorrect answer.

A. The teacher told us not to interrupt the class during the test. B. The computer was inactive for an hour so it shut down. C. We wrote our notes on index cards so we can study for the test. D. Some students went to the indoor swimming pool.

6. The suffix -ed means “in the past”. Which of the four sentences below uses the suffix less the same way as the sentence below: The bus driver waited for everyone to get on the bus.

A. A scab will bleed if you pick at it. B. People who are bald headed should wear a hat in the sun. C. The baby sitter spoon fed the cereal to the child. D. The workers painted the house in just four hours.

7. The suffix -ing means “in the process of”. Which of the four sentences below uses the suffix ing the same way as the sentence below: The children are making a birthday card for their mother.

A. The sky was filled with lightning during the storm. B. Cindy received a ring for her birthday. C. We are singing in the show tonight. D. I hung a stocking above the chimney on Christmas Eve.

8. The suffix -ly means “in what way”. Which of the four sentences below uses the suffix ly the same way as the sentence below: He ran quickly across the street.

A. At the concert she sang beautifully for everyone. B. The school will supply everything we need for the field trip. C. We enjoy going to the airport and watching the planes fly. D. The children were very silly after the puppet show.

CreateBetterWriters.com 194 Homonym Unit Teacher’s Lesson Plan

Step 1 – Discuss the definitions of homonyms, homophones, and homographs (See definitions below). Give the students samples and ask them to come up with a few of their own.

Homonym– A word with the same pronunciation as another word, but with a different meaning. Examples: feet and feat tail and tale heal and heel Homophone – Same as homonym. Homograph – A word that is spelled the same as another word, but with a different meaning and, possibly, a different pronunciation. Examples: bass (bass drum) and bass (fish) Homonyms wail – whale Step 2 – For a period of one or two weeks, have the students add to the sleigh – slay list. Keep your class list on poster paper on a bulletin board. mail – male steal – steel Step 3 – When your list is complete, discuss the differences between the foul – fowl words. A sample list is listed to the right. plane – plain flower – flour bear – bare Step 4 – Use your grammar time to make study pictures for the best 10 ate – eight or 15 pairs. A study picture is a way of tricking yourself into no – know remembering the differences between the two (or three) words. die – dye Below is a sample of two study pictures. * Note: If you plan to see – sea write – right use the test at the end of this unit, make sure you select the won – one nine that will be on the test. their – there – they’re

Study Pictures

tale tail heal heel

AL’s TALE t a i l By A. Story

The back end A Story of an animal. The back part To make well of the foot.

In this study picture, the name “AL” matches Here, the “a” in “band – aid” matches the the AL in tale. Al’s Tale is a story. In “tail” “a” in heal. Band-Aids help to heal. In the “i” is the tail of the mouse so “tail” with “heel” since we have two heels, there are an “i” is the back end of an animal. two e’s in “heel.”

Step 5 – Have students write sentences using the 10 to 15 pairs that you have chosen.

Step 6 – Homophone Books: Have the students make detailed sketches of their study pictures on 4” x 6” strips of paper. They can design a cover on construction paper and staple their strips together.

CreateBetterWriters.com 195 Name ______

I. Prefixes Use your literature book to find six ( 6 ) words that have prefixes. Write the definition of each prefix.

Prefix Definition of Prefix Prefix Definition of Prefix

1. ______4. ______

2. ______5. ______

3. ______6. ______

II. Suffixes Use your literature book to find two ( 2 ) words that has a suffixes that are nouns, verbs, adjectives, and adverbs.

Nouns Verbs Adjectives Adverbs Ex. excitement Ex. running Ex. boyish slowly ______

III. Common Homonyms Find three ( 3 ) words that are homonyms. Write its definition and the definition of its partner. Definition Definition 1. ______: ______- ______

2. ______: ______- ______

3. ______: ______- ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 196 Name: ______

I. Identify Prefixes and Suffixes 1. What is the difference between a prefix and a suffix? A prefix changes the ______of a word. A suffix changes the ______of a word.

2. Below are some prefixes and suffixes. Write “prefix” if the syllable is a prefix. Write “suffix” if the syllable is a suffix.

A. sub – ______F. ous – ______B. ize – ______G. non – ______C. trans – ______H. ible – ______D. super – ______I. ultra – ______E. tion – ______J. ive – ______

II. Prefixes Directions: Write the definition of the prefixes below. Next, write a word that has that prefix. Definition Word Example: sub – ______under______, ____submarine_____ Definition Word 1. bi – ______, ______2. anti – ______, ______3. peri – ______, ______4. hyper – ______, ______5. co – ______, ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 197 III. Suffixes Directions: Underline the suffix, then write the part of speech of the word. Example: activism – ___noun___ Part of Speech Part of Speech 1. sticky – ______4. monstrous – ______2. artist – ______5. destructive – ______3. instruction – ______6. defendant – ______

IV. Homonyms Directions: Circle the word that fits the sentence. 1. The baby fell and let out a loud ( wail – whale ).

2. The knight will ( sleigh – slay ) the dragon.

3. All ( male – mail ) students need to run the mile in ten minutes.

4. It is against the law to ( steel – steal ).

5. For Thanksgiving, we will eat chicken, turkey, or some other kind of ( foul – fowl ).

6. There are ( to – too – two ) many people on the bus.

7. They need to put ( there – they’re – their ) backpacks outside the door.

8. Because we haven’t shopped in so long, our refrigerator was ( bare – bear ).

9. Our teacher told us a ( tail – tale ) about Pecos Bill.

10. Put your homework over ( their – there ).

CreateBetterWriters.com 198 I. Identify Prefixes and Suffixes 1. What is the difference between a prefix and a suffix? A prefix changes the ______definition______of a word. A suffix changes the _____part of speech_____ of a word.

2. Below are some prefixes and suffixes. Write “prefix” if the syllable is a prefix. Write “suffix” if the syllable is a suffix.

A. sub – _____Prefix______F. ous – _____Suffix______B. ize – _____Suffix______G. non – ______Prefix______C. trans – _____Prefix______H. ible – _____Suffix______D. super – _____Prefix______I. ultra – ____Prefix______E. tion – _____Suffix______J. ive – ______Suffix______

II. Prefixes Directions: Write the definition of the prefixes below. Next, write a word that has that prefix. Definition Word Example: sub – ______under______, ____submarine_____ Definition Word 1. bi – ______two______, ______2. anti – ______against______, ______3. peri – ______around______, ______4. hyper – over; above; more than needed, ______5. co – _working together; equal__, ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 199 III. Suffixes Directions: Underline the suffix, then write the part of speech of the word. Example: activism – ___noun___ Part of Speech Part of Speech 1. sticky – ____adjective_____ 4. monstrous – ____adjective______2. artist – ____noun______5. destructive – ____adjective____ 3. instruction – ____noun______6. defendant – ____noun______

IV. Homonyms Directions: Circle the word that fits the sentence.

1. The baby fell and let out a loud ( wail – whale ). 2. The knight will ( sleigh – slay ) the dragon.

3. All ( male – mail ) students need to run the mile in ten minutes.

4. It is against the law to ( steel – steal ). 5. For Thanksgiving, we will eat chicken, turkey, or some other kind of ( foul – fowl ). 6. There are ( to – too – two ) many people on the bus. 7. They need to put ( there – they’re – their ) backpacks outside the door. 8. Because we haven’t shopped in so long, our refrigerator was ( bare – bear ). 9. Our teacher told us a ( tail – tale ) about Pecos Bill. 10. Put your homework over ( their – there ).

CreateBetterWriters.com 200 Synonyms and Antonyms

Often Misused Words

Underline vs. Quotation Marks

CreateBetterWriters.com 201 Grammar Standards – Unit 9

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Synonyms and Antonyms 2. Often Misused Words 3. Underline vs. Quotation Marks

Grammar Standards – Unit 9

______Student

Mastery Non-Mastery 1. Synonyms and Antonyms 2. Often Misused Words 3. Underline vs. Quotation Marks

CreateBetterWriters.com 202 Teacher’s Lesson Plan

The following page has a vocabulary worksheet. You may use it to help reinforce the concept of synonyms and antonyms. Also, you can use it with your literature units as a vocabulary worksheet. There are many ways to use it. The following is one suggestion:

Vocabulary Step 1 – Discuss the definition of a synonym and an antonym. Synonyms and Antonyms

Vocabulary Word Synonym Antonym 1. ______- ______- ______- ______Step 2 – Have the students collect vocabulary words as they read ______

or give them a list of vocabulary words. ( This 2. ______- ______- ______- ______worksheet has worked very well when given to students ______3. ______- ______- ______- ______to do with ______their book reports. ) 4. ______- ______- ______- ______

Step 3 – Have the students use a dictionary and a thesaurus to 5. ______- ______- ______- ______write the words, definitions, synonyms and antonyms of 6. ______- ______- ______- ______the words. ______

7. ______- ______- ______- ______Step 4 – On a separate sheet of paper, write the word in a ______sentence. Next, write the antonym in a sentence.

Follow-up: Match Game – The students can play this game as a review for a test of for vocabulary practice.

Directions: Have the students, in pairs, put a vocabulary word on an index card. Put a synonym on another index card. Make index cards for 10 words and their synonyms. After shuffling the cards, each pair of students lays the cards, face down, in four rows and five columns. The students then take turns picking pairs of cards. When they match a word with its synonym, they keep the pair. The game continues until all the pairs have been found.

ominous anxious

threatening

enthusiastic

CreateBetterWriters.com 203 Name: ______Vocabulary Synonyms and Antonyms

Vocabulary Word Synonym Antonym Definition

1. ______- ______- ______- ______

2. ______- ______- ______- ______

3. ______- ______- ______- ______

4. ______- ______- ______- ______

5. ______- ______- ______- ______

6. ______- ______- ______- ______

7. ______- ______- ______- ______

8. ______- ______- ______- ______

9. ______- ______- ______- ______

10. ______- ______- ______- ______

CreateBetterWriters.com 204 Name: ______

I. Find Synonyms: Use a thesaurus to find synonyms for the words below. Write at least three on the lines.

said: ______pest (n): ______yell: ______sound (v): ______cry: ______careful: ______watch (v): ______messy: ______help (v): ______big: ______

II. Replacing Words: Replace the simple words in the story below with synonyms from your list above or think of other synonyms you like better. Cross out the simple words and write the new synonym above it.

Christian and Bryan stood behind a tree a watched as Laura came out of the cabin. They had waited for three days to attack this pest with snowballs. She had been playing tricks on them since they arrived at camp. The two boys giggled as they followed her around the cabin. They were careful not to make any sound as they tip-toed through the snow. They each had a big snowball in each hand, and they weren’t afraid to use them. They peeked around the cabin just in time to see Laura sitting an a small fence. Her back was turned. Now was their chance. They raced toward her, but before they could raise their arms, Laura had yelled, “Get them girls!” Suddenly, several girls popped up from behind the bricks. Snowballs rained down upon Christian and Bryan. It was an ambush! When it was over Christian’s hair was wet and messy. Bryan cried. The girls felt bad so they helped the boys clean up. “Next time we’ll get you good,” said Bryan. “You’ll need a lot more boys to help,” said Laura.

Extension: Write your own story about a camping trip. Use any five ( 5 ) synonyms from your list at the top.

CreateBetterWriters.com 205 Name: ______

Sit / Set The Trick: Sit means to rest. Set means to put or place. If you are not sure which one to use, replace sit or set with “rest” or “put” / “place.” Example: She ( sit , set ) the book on the table. She ( sat , set ) in the chair. What makes more sense? She rests the book on the table. OR She puts the book on the table. What makes more sense? She rested in the chair. OR She put in the chair. Lie / Lay The Trick: Lie means to rest. Lay means to place. If you are not sure which one to use, replace lie or lay with “rest” or “put” / “place.” Example: We ( lie , lay ) in the sun everyday. He ( lie , lay ) the book on the table. What makes mores sense? We place in the sun everyday. OR We rest in the sun everyday. What makes mores sense? He places the book on the table. OR He rests the book on the table.

Warning: lay ( to place ) is also the past tense of lie ( to rest ). Present Past Present Participle Past Participle rest to sit sit sat sitting had sat place to set set set setting had set rest to lie lie lay lying had lain place to lay lay laid laying had laid

One More Trick: If you memorize the sentences below, it will help you figure out when to use each word. Lie = Rest Lay = Place I lie that I lie ( rest ). He lay the carpet. I’m lying that I’m lying ( resting ). The maid laid the carpet. I lied that I lay ( rested ). They are laying the carpet.

When to use sit, set, lie, lay, laying, lying, and laid can be very confusing. It will take a lot of practice and concentration to master the use of these words. The activities below ask you to write sentences using these words. The goal is to memorize the rules for the words AND develop an instinct for when to use each word.

I. Write 3 sentences using sit (present tense), 3 sentences using sat ( past tense ), and 3 sentences using has/have sat ( perfect tense ). Write the word “rest” above sit, sat, and has/have sat in each sentence. II. Write 3 sentences using set (present tense), 3 sentences using set ( past tense ), and 3 sentences using has/have set ( perfect tense ). Write the word “put” above set and has/have set in each sentence. III. Write 3 sentences using lie (present tense), 3 sentences using lay ( past tense ), 3 sentences using lying (progressive tense ), and 3 sentences using has/have lain ( perfect tense ). Write the word “rest” above lie, lay, lying, and lain in each sentence. IV. Write 3 sentences using lay (present tense), 3 sentences using laid ( past tense ), 3 sentences using laying ( progressive tense ). Write the word “put” above lay, laid, and laying.

CreateBetterWriters.com 206 Name: ______

Consider This: Set and lay mean to put or place. Set and lay need an object to be put or placed. Therefore set, lay, laying and laid will have direct objects in most cases. Looking for direct objects is another way of helping you decide which word to use. DO No Direct Object Example: She laid the book on the table. She lay in the sun

Directions: Circle the correct word in each sentence. Write “put” or “rest” above the circled word.

1. Don’t ( sit , set ) down until you ( lay , lie ) the money on the table.

2. She ( sit , set ) the box on the ground and ( lay , lie ) on the bed.

3. ( Laying , Lying ) in the sun, the man ( sat , set ) his drink in the sand.

4. We all ( set, sat ) down and ( laid , lay ) the pictures on the ground.

5. The workers are ( laying , lying ) the dirt in the back yard.

6. Could you ( sit , set ) the mattress on the frame so I can ( lay, lie ) down.

7. She has ( sit , set ) the plates on the table, and he has ( laid , lain ) the silverware

next to them.

8. If you ( sit , set ) on the suitcase, I will ( lay , lie ) more clothes inside of it.

9. Mom needed to ( lay , lie ) on the bed and rest.

10. The bowl we ( sat, set ) outside is now ( laying, lying ) in the rain.

11. The baby ( sat , set ) in the cake that we had ( laid , lain ) on the table.

12. Dad ( sat , set ) next to me and ( lay , laid ) his hand on my shoulder.

13. The kids are ( laying , lying ) in the mud.

14. They ( sat , set ) the flowers by the window.

15. He ( laid , lay ) on the bed until his headache went away.

Extension: Write ten sentences using the word “laid.” Remember, it is the past tense of lay, meaning to put or place.

CreateBetterWriters.com 207 Name: ______

Directions: Circle the correct word in each sentence. Write “put” or “rest” above the circled word.

1. ( Sit, Set ) in the chair and ( lay , lie ) your head on the table.

2. ( Laying , Lying ) on his back, my dog chewed on his toy.

3. The children ( sat , set ) their backpacks down and ( laid , lay ) on their blankets.

4. She was ( sitting, setting ) on the couch while ( laying , lying ) out the clothes.

5. She has ( laid , lain ) her clothes out and ( sat , set ) her books by the door.

6. The city ( lays , lies ) on the other side of that hill.

7. The ducks ( sit , set ) on the grass and wait for people to ( lay , lie ) food on the grass.

8. He ( laid , lay ) in his sleeping bag thinking about how he will ( sit , set ) up the tent.

9. I am ( sitting , setting ) the tea in the sun so it will ( lay , lie ) there for a few days.

10. Doctor Jones ( laid , lay ) the thermometer on the table.

11. On lazy afternoons, you will find people ( laying , lying ) on the beach.

12. My dog has ( sat , set ) by the door for an hour.

13. Kim ( laid, lay ) her head on her mom’s shoulder and ( sat , set ) her arm in hers.

14. My necklace is ( laying , lying ) on the table where it was ( laid , lay ) last night.

15. The flowers ( lay , lie ) in the field beautifully.

16. Our mailman ( lay , laid ) the package on the doorstep.

17. You can ( sit , set ) on the couch and rest, or you can ( lay , lie ) on our bed and sleep.

18. Fluffy is ( laying , lying ) on the floor where I ( sit , set ) the rug.

19. The river ( lays , lies ) on the other side of those trees.

20. I couldn’t understand why the boys were ( laying, lying ) on the bed while the covers were ( laying , lying ) on the floor.

CreateBetterWriters.com 208 Name: ______

Past Present Perfect Rise: Rise means to go up without help. rose rise has/have/had risen Raise: Raise means to be lifted up or built up by another. It requires a direct object. raised raise has/have/had raised Examples: The sun rises in the east. ( The sun rises without help. ) DO We raised money for our field trip. ( Help was needed for money to be built up. )

Directions: Circle the correct word in each sentence. 1. Steam was ( rising, raising ) from the engine.

2. We need to ( rise , raise ) money for our field trip. 3. When the sun ( rose , raised ) at 5:45 this morning, we ( rose , raised ) the flag. 4. We need to ( rise , raise ) to our feet, ( rise , raise ) our hands over our hearts, and sing “America.” 5. The sail had been ( risen , raised ) so we could make the trip. 6. Our band is ( rising , raising ) money to go to Hawaii. 7. The smoke ( rose , raised ) over the fire. 8. Christians believe that Jesus has ( risen , raised ) from the dead. 9. We got our cat from a lady that ( rises , raises ) kittens. 10. The balloon is ( rising , raising ) into the sky.

11. A whale will ( rise , raise ) from the water, and he will ( rise , raise ) his massive tail. 12. Five hundred dollars was ( risen , raised ) for the party. 13. Our coach ( rose , raised ) the basketball net to ten feet. 14. The plane is ( rising , raising ) into the sky. 15. She had ( risen , raised ) that dog since it was a puppy.

Extension: Write five sentences using the word “rise” and five sentences using the word “raise.” Use past, present and perfect tenses of both words.

CreateBetterWriters.com 209 Name: ______

To: Preposition or Infinitive. Used in a phrase. Preposition: to the store, to me Infinitive: to run, to jump, to sing Two: A Number. ( 2 ) Too: Adverb meaning also or more than needed. Also: I want to go too. More Than Needed: It is too dark in here.

Directions: Fill in the blank with to, two, or too.

1. We went _____ the store and bought _____ pies.

2. He was _____ strong for the _____ other wrestlers.

3. They wanted to go _____.

4. _____ birds were playing in the water _____.

5. There were _____ many chairs so we took _____ out.

6. _____ people came _____ me and asked if they could help _____.

7. The box was _____ heavy _____ carry.

8. She went _____ the refrigerator to get _____ eggs.

9. If you’re _____ tired, we can rest _____ .

10. The _____ actors were _____ old to play children in the movie.

11. Our dog’s _____ ears stood straight up.

12. There were _____ many people so we went back _____ hours later.

13. The _____ girls wanted _____ look like her _____.

14. They went _____ their grandma’s house for _____ weeks.

15. She was _____ sick _____ go swimming.

Extension: Write five sentences using the word “too” and five sentences using the word “two.”

CreateBetterWriters.com 210 Name: ______

There: Adjective that refers to a place or that something is present. Place: Put the book there. Something is Present: There are many books. Their: Possessive pronoun referring something owned. This is their book. They’re: Contraction meaning “ they are. ” They’re ready. They are ready.

Directions: Fill in the blank with there, their, or they’re.

1. ______going to put ______bikes over ______.

2. If ______wondering if ______going, ______not.

3. ______parents are coming to the game.

4. Go ______and ask for ______lunch special.

5. When you go ______with ______friends, ______going to ask you to help.

6. ______going to meet us ______.

7. ______are going to be a hundred people ______.

8. ______going ______to watch a movie.

9. When ______number is called, ______going to buy a cake.

10. ______is someone waiting for ______money.

11. We’re going to ______party.

12. ______waiting for ______friends to go over ______.

13. We put ______books over ______.

14. ______might be a prize if ______first to finish.

15. After ______concert, ______going out for pizza.

Extension: Write five sentences using the word “there”, five sentences using the word “their”, and five sentences using the word “they’re.”

CreateBetterWriters.com 211 Name: ______

Directions: Circle the correct word in each sentence.

1. Julie will ( rise , raise ) the flag at the assembly. 2. The campers are ( laying , lying ) in ( there , their ) bunks until breakfast.

3. Please ( sit , set ) those ( to , two ) dishes in the sink.

4. ( There , They’re ) going to the movies with ( there , their ) friends.

5. It is nice to ( lay , lie ) on the beach and listen ( to , too ) the waves.

6. ( There , They’re ) are ( two , too ) many toys ( laying , lying ) on the floor.

7. When the president enters the room, everyone will ( rise , raise ) to their feet and

( rise , raise ) their hands in salute.

8. The children ( sat , set ) the cards down and ( lay , laid ) on the floor to look at them.

9. ( They’re , Their ) mom asked if we wanted to go ( to , too ).

10. You need to ( sit , set ) in the chair and ( lay , lie ) your hands on the table.

11. The book was ( to , too ) old so we ( lay , laid ) it on the high shelf for safe keeping.

12. Will you ( sit , set ) the ring over ( their , there ) ?

13. The ( too , two ) workers are ( laying , lying ) bricks in the back yard.

14. We ( sat , set ) under the tree and looked at ( there , their ) pictures.

15. ( They’re , There ) going to ( lay , lie ) in their beds for ( to , two ) more hours.

16. If you are ( to , too ) tired, then ( sit , set ) down and rest.

17. This morning, the puppies ( lay , laid ) with ( there , their ) mother.

18. Our team will ( rise , raise ) the most money in the contest.

19. Walk over ( their , there ) and ( sit , set ) the money on the counter.

20. The sheet was ( lay , laid ) out over the grass for ( there , their ) picnic.

CreateBetterWriters.com 212 Name: ______

Underlining: Underline the titles of books, magazines, movies, newspapers, plays, television shows, and title of CD’s. Also, underline the names of ships, planes, and trains. Time Magazine had an advertisement for the Beatles’s Abby Road CD, but I wanted the book Great Plains which shows a model of The Spirit of St. Louis.

“Quotation Marks”: Put quotation marks around titles of poems, chapters, songs, articles, essays, and works of art. The poem “Summer’s End” reminds me of the song “Be True to Your School.”

The Trick: Typically, proper nouns that can be divided into sections are underlined. The sections themselves would have quotation marks around them. Examples: Books can be divided into chapters. Books are underlined; chapters are put between quotation marks. “Mummies Attack” from The Curious Explorers is a scary chapter.

CD’s can be divided into songs. CD’s are underlined, songs are put between quotation marks. Closer is a good CD, and “You Raise Me Up” is a great song from it. Note: Poems are put between quotation marks. It may help to remember this if you think of them as songs.

Magazines and Newspapers can be divided into “articles”.

Movies can be divided into “scenes”.

Plays can be divided into “acts”.

Project: On the left side below, draw pictures of objects that should be underlined. Across from each object, draw a picture of a section of the object that should be set between quotation marks.

CreateBetterWriters.com 213 Name: ______

The Trick: Typically, proper nouns that can be divided into sections are underlined. The sections themselves would have quotation marks around them.

Directions: On a separate sheet of paper, write three sentences that demonstrate the tricks below. Use the suggestions in each section or make up your own. 1. Books can be divided into chapters. Books are underlined; chapters are put between quotation marks. Example: “Mummies Attack” from The Curious Explorers is a scary chapter. Suggestions: Chapter Titles – the black eye; a strange smell; fighting with the neighbors Suggestions: Books – the outsiders; young scientists; friends forever

2. CD’s can be divided into songs. CD’s are underlined, songs are put between quotation marks. Example: Closer is a good CD, and “You Raise Me Up” is a great song from it. Note: Poems are put between quotation marks. It may help to remember this if you think of them as songs. Suggestions: CD Titles – a new day; barney and friends; american classics Suggestions: Songs – hush; let’s play together; grand old flag

3. Magazines and Newspapers can be divided into “articles”.

Example: “The Beginning of Time” in Newsweek said that the universe is millions of years old. Suggestions: Magazines/Newspapers – sports illustrated; press telegram; scholastic Suggestions: Articles – top ten athletes; heroes; how a child saved an army

4. Movies can be divided into “scenes”. Example: The scene “A Tragic Day” in Babe, The Gallant Pig made me cry. Suggestions: Movies – finding nemo; the rookie; the princess bride Suggestions: Scenes – surfing the NWC; the fastest man; as you wish

5. Plays can be divided into “acts”. Example: Stacy sings the solo from “The Shooting Contest” in Annie Get Your Gun. Suggestions: Plays – the underground railroad; yankee doodle; cats Suggestions: Acts – harriet leads the way; the revolution begins; memories

CreateBetterWriters.com 214 Name: ______

Directions: Place “quotation marks” or underline words where needed.

1. I finally memorized all the lyrics to the song America.

2. I Love You is my favorite song on Barney’s new record Friends Forever.

3. There are interesting pictures in the chapter Black Holes from Science Adventures.

4. The poem Smart from the book Where the Sidewalk Ends made us laugh.

5. The preview showed the scene Humans’ Friends from the movie Dolphins.

6. I love the classic poem Roses Are Red.

7. Our teacher made us read the article Young People in History in Scholastic Magazine. 8. Friends Forever is my favorite poem in my book of poems called Poems from My Heart 9. A new CD titled The Joy of Music has a nice song called How Great Thou Art.

10. The chapter called Military Blunders from Stories from WWII was very interesting.

11. I memorized the poem Bees Knees from the book Poems from Nature.

12. A Long Way Home is the first scene in the play Follow the North Star.

Extension: Write three ( 3 ) one sentence summaries about any chapters from any book. Be sure to tell the names of the chapters (if any) and the names of the books. Put quotation marks around the chapter titles, and underline the book titles in your sentences.

CreateBetterWriters.com 215 Name: ______

Directions: Place “quotation marks” or underline words where needed.

1. The poem On the Eve of Freedom inspired my people to vote.

2. Our homework was to read the chapter The Digestive System from the book The Human Body.

3. Tina’s article Teacher of the Year was published in The Bellflower Journal.

4. Mrs. Torres published her students’ poems in a book called Musings from Room 4.

5. My poem The Sad Salamander won second prize, and Melissa’s poem The Scared Skunk won first prize.

6. I love the song Jingle Bells from the CD Holliday Classics.

7. We read the chapter Rancheros from our social studies book, Oh, California.

8. Poinsettia is a fun shape poem in the book Flowers in Bloom.

9. The scene Nature’s Fury from the movie Volcanoes showed the power of eruptions.

10. Children like looking at hidden pictures in Highlights Magazine.

11. We acted out The Red Wheel Barrow for readers’ theater.

12. The article The History of the Golden Gate from the book Bridges of California won a prize.

Extension: Below are made up titles to poems that do not exist. Write a one ( 1 ) sentence summary about what each poem would be about if you were to write the poems. In each sentence, be sure to put quotation marks around the names of the poems.

My Silly Dream / The Bully / Best Friends

CreateBetterWriters.com 216 Name: ______

Directions: Circle the correct word in each sentence. 1. ( They’re , Their ) dog buried ( too , two ) bones in our yard. 2. Barry ( lay , laid ) the name tags down as Reggie ( sat , set ) the table.

3. If the lemon is ( to , too ) sour, put it over ( their , there ).

4. The shoe will ( lay , lie ) in the sand until someone takes it out of ( their , there ).

5. When I ( sit , set ) behind them, ( they’re , their ) perfume makes it ( to , too ) hard to

breath.

6. All the money that has been ( risen , raised ) shows that we have ( risen , raised )

above all others.

7. ( They’re , Their ) waiting for us to ( lay , lie ) the towels out for the swimmers.

8. When you’re ( laying , lying ) on the beach, try not to get ( to , too ) much sun.

9. ( There , Their ) are many good reasons to ( lay , lie ) by the pool.

10. She ( sat, set ) by me ( to , too ).

11. ( Laying , Lying ) the tile, the worker put ( they’re , their ) names on the floor.

12. ( Sit , Set ) your homework in the file over ( their , there ).

13. The sun will ( rise , raise ) and it will be time for the counselors to ( rise , raise ) the

campers from bed.

14. Yesterday, we ( laid , lay ) in the sun with ( their , they’re ) parents.

15. The students ( sat , set ) ( their , there ) books by the door.

16. ( They’re , There ) waiting for us to ( lay , lie ) our snowballs down.

17. The ball ( laying , lying ) in the grass has been ( their , there ) for ( to , two ) days.

18. ( Their , They’re ) dad was ( two , too ) smart to get lost.

19. ( Sit , Set ) next ( to , too ) me and ( lie , lay ) your head on my shoulder.

20. We ( lay , laid ) our clothes out for tomorrow ( to , too ).

CreateBetterWriters.com 217 Name: ______

I. Synonyms / Antonyms Directions: Write “synonym” if the pair of words are synonyms. Write “antonym” if the pair of words are antonyms.

______1. big – large ______4. happy – glad

______2. out – in ______5. run – sprint

______3. hurt – heal ______6. early – late

II. Underline vs. Quotation Marks Directions: In each sentence, underline or put quotation marks where they are needed.

1. Sign of the Beaver is a book that tells about Native Americans in New England. 2. We read the poem Summer’s End in September.

3. My dad reads the L.A. Times newspaper every Sunday.

4. We sang You’re a Grand Old Flag at the assembly.

5. Chapter three is titled When Pigs Fly.

6. The CD titled Hits of the ‘80's has the song When Doves Cry by Prince.

7. The article Why America is the Best in Time Magazine won an award.

8. My favorite television show is I Love Lucy.

III. Often Misused Words Directions: Circle the correct word in each sentence. 1. ( Their – They’re ) mom went up front and ( sat – set ) the flowers by the trophy.

2. ( There – They’re ) going to ( lay – lie ) down and rest ( to – too ).

3. I ( sat – set ) as workers were ( lying – laying ) bricks over ( their – there ).

4. For ( too – two ) days, ( they’re – there ) going to be in the mountains.

5. They ( lay – laid ) in the sand while we ( sit – set ) seashells around them.

CreateBetterWriters.com 218 Name: ______

I. Synonyms / Antonyms Directions: Write “synonym” if the pair of words are synonyms. Write “antonym” if the pair of words are antonyms.

______synonym_____ 1. big – large _____ synonym_____ 4. happy – glad ______antonym_____ 2. out – in ______synonym_____ 5. run – sprint ______antonym_____ 3. hurt – heal ______antonym_____ 6. early – late

II. Underline vs. Quotation Marks Directions: In each sentence, underline or put quotation marks where they are needed.

1. Sign of the Beaver is a book that tells about Native Americans in New England. 2. We read the poem “Summer’s End” in September.

3. My dad reads the L.A. Times newspaper every Sunday.

4. We sang “You’re a Grand Old Flag” at the assembly.

5. Chapter three is titled “When Pigs Fly”.

6. The CD titled Hits of the ‘80's has the song “When Doves Cry” by Prince.

7. The article “Why America is the Best” in Time Magazine won an award.

8. My favorite television show is I Love Lucy.

III. Often Misused Words Directions: Circle the correct word in each sentence. 1. ( Their – They’re ) mom went up front and ( sat – set ) the flowers by the trophy. 2. ( There – They’re ) going to ( lay – lie ) down and rest ( to – too ). 3. I ( sat – set ) and watched as the workers were ( lying – laying ) the bricks over ( their – there ). 4. For ( too – two ) days, ( they’re – there ) going to be in the mountains. 5. They ( lay – laid ) in the sand while we ( sit – set ) seashells around them.

CreateBetterWriters.com 219 Answer Key Pg. 5 – Unit 1 and 2 Vocabulary 1. Subject – The Who or What of the sentence. 2. Predicate – What the subject Is or Does. 3. Complete Subject – The subject and all the words that modify it. 4. Complete Predicate – The main verb and all the words that complete the thought. 5. Phrase – A group of related words without a subject and verb. 6. Clause – A group of related words with a subject and verb. It may or may not include a complete thought. 7. Sentence – A group of words that tells a complete thought. 8. Dependent Clause – Depends on an independent clause for its complete thought. 9. Independent Clause – A clause that forms a sentence. 10. Fragment Sentence – Incomplete sentence missing a subject, verb, or complete thought. 11. Run-On Sentence – It has more than one complete thought. 12. Imperatives – A sentence that issues a command. The subject is “you”. 13. Subordinate Conjunction – Connects a dependent clause with an independent clause. 14. Coordinate Conjunction – Connects two independent clauses.

Pg. 6 – Parts of a Sentence #1 1. S: Mom - Who P: bakes – Does 2. S: They - Who P: were – Is 3. S: game - What P: broke – Does 4. S: Books - What P: tell – Does 5. S: car - What P: raced – Does 6. S: Cells - What P: are – Is 7. S: Rabbits - What P: hop – Does 8. S: sequoia - What P: is – Is 9. S: John - Who P: surfs – Does

Pg. 7 - Parts of a Sentence #2 1. S: Dad - Who P: builds – Does 2. S: We - Who P: are – Is 3. S: ball - What P: bounced – Does 4. S: sky - What P: is – Is 5. S: Birds - What P: chirp – Does 6. S: clock - What P: is – Is 1. S: dad P: builds 2. S: ball P: bounced 3. S: sky P: is complete subject complete subject complete predicate complete predicate complete predicate complete subject 4. S: birds P: chirped 5. S: clock P: is 6. S: students P: are complete subject complete predicate complete predicate complete predicate complete subject complete subject

Pg. 8 - Parts of a Sentence #3 1. S: fish - What P: swims – Does 2. S: water - What P: froze – Does 3. S: shirt - What P: is – Is 4. S: Children - Who P: played – Does 5. S: balloon - What P: popped – Does 6. S: Yankees - Who P: are – Is 1. S: goldfish P: swims 2. S: water P: froze 3. S: shirt P: is complete subject complete predicate complete predicate complete predicate complete subject complete subject 4. S: children P: played 5. S: balloon P: popped 6. S: Yankees P: are complete subject complete subject complete predicate complete predicate complete predicate complete subject

Pg. 9 – Finding the Subject #1 1. During the night a large brown bear entered the camp. Subject: bear Predicate: entered 2. After dinner several of us wanted to watch a movie. Subject: several Predicate: wanted 3. The book on the shelf with the torn cover was there for days. Subject: book Predicate: was 4. On January 1 the people on the dance committee will enjoy their party. Subject: people Predicate: will enjoy 5. With the game on the line, Rick made a shot from the foul line. Subject: Rick Predicate: made 6. Dozens of gymnasts waited for the score from the judges. Subject: Dozens Predicate: waited 7. For many years no one wanted to try the long jump. Subject: no one Predicate: wanted 8. Squirrels in the trees played with each other for hours. Subject: Squirrels Predicate: played 9. During math class our teacher asked me to work with Johnny. Subject: teacher Predicate: asked 10. In less than a year I have collected a dozen stickers for my collection. Subject: I Predicate: have collected

CreateBetterWriters.com 220 Pg. 10 – Finding the Subject #2 1. Before the show, dozens of 3-D glasses with special lenses were handed out. Sub: dozens Pred: were handed 2. Many of the computers needed the software installed. Sub: Many Pred: needed 3. The patients in the doctor’s office read magazines. Sub: patients Pred: read 4. Down the hall the class is making American flags for our school play. Sub: class Pred: is making 5. On the lake, several boats sailed past the dock. Sub: boats Pred: sailed 6. During the party, several of the dancers did a line dance around the room. Sub: several Pred: did 7. After school the teacher helped me with my homework. Sub: teacher Pred: helped 8. Many swimmers at the beach hurried out of the water. Sub: swimmers Pred: hurried 9. Before the carnival we changed into more comfortable clothes. Sub: we Pred: changed 10. Throughout the park dozens of happy dogs played with their owners. Sub: dozens Pred: played 11. Hundreds of flowers were planted by the students. Sub: Hundreds Pred: were planted 12. On July 4th the city will have a fireworks show at the park. Sub: city Pred: will have 13. The lucky winner of the lottery took everyone to dinner. Sub: winner Pred: took 14. In two days the judges will announce the winners of the art contest. Sub: judges Pred: will announce 15. With their bags in their hands, the excited students got on the bus for camp. Sub: students Pred: got Pg. 11 – Imperatives Bold = Subject / Italics = Predicate 1. (You) Catch a fish at the lake for me. Imperative 7. Mom sowed a patch on my uniform. 2. (You) Buy a present for your sister at the mall. Imperative 8. (You) After school, walk your sister home. Imperative 3. (You) Study for the test next week. Imperative 9. (You) Select a prize from the prize box. Imperative 4. The girls in the choir sang a song. 10. (You) Draw a picture of your family. Imperative 5. (You) In the morning, brush your teeth. Imperative 11. The kittens drank all of the milk. 6. (You) Write a letter to the president of the company. Imp. 12. (You) Before the game, play catch with me. Imperative Pg. 12 – Finding the Subject #3 1. Beyond the trees, an Indian village is preparing for a tribal ceremony. Sub: village Pred: is preparing 2. The long, winding road twisted throughout the forest. Sub: road Pred: twisted 3. Go to the end of the block for the letter. Sub: you Pred: go 4. An obnoxious, noisy dog barked into the night. Sub: dog Pred: barked 5. During recess, our teacher organized a basketball tournament. Sub: teacher Pred: organized 6. Millions of stars twinkled in the clear evening sky. Sub: Millions Pred: twinkled 7. Write a poem about the best time of your life. Sub: you Pred: write 8. The silly girls giggled into the night at my sister’s slumber party. Sub: girls Pred: giggled 9. Stop at the end of the page before the picture of the stop sign. Sub: you Pred: stop 10. On the first day of school our principal welcomed the students at an assembly. Sub: principal Pred: welcomed 11. Talk about your problems before they turn into fights. Sub: you Pred: talk 12. The wet drawings were set against the wall to dry. Sub: drawings Pred: were set 13. Many fish were scared off by the splashing of the swimmers. Sub: fish Pred: were scared 14. Hundreds of people arrived to volunteer to clean the school. Sub: Hundreds Pred: arrived 15. On the cover of the magazine, someone drew a mustache on the picture of the actress. Sub: someone Pred: drew

Pg. 13 – Finding the Subject #4 1. During the night a fat jolly man came down our chimney to put presents under the tree. Sub: man Pred: came 2. With a twinkle in his eyes the man in the red suit disappeared up the chimney. Sub: man Pred: disappeared 3. Several of the reindeer left presents of their own on the top of our house. Sub: Several Pred: left 4. Wait until everyone is ready before opening your presents. Sub: you/everyone Pred: talk/is 5. The excited, neighborhood children rode their new bikes throughout the streets. Sub: children Pred: rode 6. At 10:00 my cousins from San Diego arrived at our house. Sub: you Pred: talk 7. Help your cousins into the house with their luggage. Sub: you Pred: help 8. In a crazy scramble the children raced to the backyard to play on our new swings. Sub: children Pred: raced 9. Throughout the house the smell of turkey made our mouths water. Sub: smell Pred: made 10. Before we ate, each person at the table said one nice thing about each person. Sub: person/we Pred: said/ate

CreateBetterWriters.com 221 Pg. 13 – Finding the Subject #4 (cont.) 11. Like pigs at a trough, my hungry family devoured everything on the table. Sub: family Pred: devoured 12. Wipe that corn off your mouth before I get sick. Sub: you/I Pred: wipe/get 13. It was sad to see all of my cousins go home. Sub: It Pred: was 14. For two weeks I played my games without the thought of school. Sub: I Pred: played 15. Ask the teacher for extra work for extra credit. Sub: you Pred: ask

Pg. 14 – Phrases Clauses and Sentences #1 1. Phrase 2. Clause 3. Sentence 4. Clause 5. Sentence 6. Phrase 7. Sentence 8. Clause 9. Sentence 10. Phrase 11. Sentence 12. Phrase

Pg. 15 – Phrases Clauses and Sentences #2 1. Phrase 2. Clause 3. Sentence 4. Clause 5. Phrase 6. Sentence 7. Clause 8. Sentence 9. Phrase 10. Clause 11. Phrase 12. Sentence 13. Clause 14. Phrase 15. Clause 16. Sentence 17. Phrase 18. Sentence 19. Phrase 20. Clause

Exercise #2 – Answers will vary.

Pg. 16 – Phrases Clauses and Sentences #3 1. Clause 2. Phrase 3. Sentence 4. Phrase 5. Phrase 6. Sentence 7. Phrase 8. Sentence 9. Clause 10. Phrase 11. Clause 12. Sentence 13. Phrase 14. Clause 15. Clause 16. Sentence 17. Clause 18. Sentence 19. Clause 20. Phrase

Exercise #2 – Answers will vary.

Pg. 17 – Phrases Clauses and Sentences #4 1. Sentence 2. Phrase 3. Clause 4. Phrase 5. Phrase 6. Clause 7. Phrase 8. Clause 9. Clause 10. Phrase 11. Sentence 12. Sentence 13. Phrase 14. Sentence 15. Sentence 16. Clause 17. Sentence 18. Clause 19. Sentence 20. phrase

Exercise #2 – Answers will vary.

Pg. 18 – Fragment and Run-On Sentences #1 * There may be many ways to correct each sentence. 1. We started the game without any idea how to play. 2. Tim couldn’t run, and Mike couldn’t throw. However, they could both hit. 3. After all the people left the party, we cleaned the house. 4. He finished his homework and turned it in. He received an A. 5. When Halloween arrives, all the boys and girls will go crazy.

Pg. 19 – Fragment and Run-On Sentences #2 1. Fragment 2. Run-On 3. Sentence 4. Fragment 5. Fragment 6. Run-On 7. Sentence 8. Run-On 9. Sentence 10. Fragment

Pg. 20 – Fragment and Run-On Sentences #3 1. Complete Thought 2. Subject 3. Subject 4. Complete Thought 5. Subject 6. Subject 7. Subject 8. Subject 9. Complete Thought 10. Subject

Pg. 21 – Fragment and Run-On Sentences #4 1. Subject 2. Subject 3. Subject 4. Complete Thought 5. Subject 6. Complete Thought 7. Complete Thought 8. Subject 9. Subject 10. Subject

1. List of Sentences 2. Too Many Conjunctions 3. List of Sentences 4. Too Many Conjunctions 5. Too Many And’s 6. Too Many And’s

Pg. 22 – Fragment and Run-On Sentences #5 1. RO 2. F 3. S 4. S 5. F 6. S 7. F 8. F 9. RO 10. F 11. S 12. F 13. RO 14. F 15. S

Pg. 23 – Fragment and Run-On Sentences #6 1. RO 2. RO 3. F 4. S 5. F 6. RO 7. F 8. RO 9. F 10. S 11. RO 12. F 13. S 14. RO 15. F

Pg. 24 – Subject-Verb Agreement #1 1. singular 2. plural 3. plural 4. singular 5. singular 6. plural 7. singular 8. singular 9. singular 10. plural 11. plural 12. singular 13. plural 14. plural 15. singular

CreateBetterWriters.com 222 1. singular – subject: Julie / verb: sits and reads 2. plural – subject: students / verb: are 3. plural – subject: Alfonso and Alex / Verb: hit 4. singular – subject: he / verb: asks

Pg. 25 – Subject-Verb Agreement #2 1. plural 2. plural 3. plural 4. plural 5. singular 6. singular 7. plural 8. singular 9. plural 10. singular 11. singular 12. singular 13. singular 14. plural 15. plural

1. plural – subject: squirrels / verb: save 2. plural – subject: dentists / verb: clean 3. plural – subject: people / Verb: buy 4. singular – subject: Rover / verb: thinks 5. plural – subject: Carry and Melissa / verb: sing 6. singular – subject: class / verb: is writing 7. singular – subject: heart / Verb: pumps

1. repairs – Singular 2. float – plural 3. know – plural 4. rides – singular 5. teach – plural 6. builds – singular 7. enjoy – plural

Pg. 26 – Subject-Verb Agreement #3 1. plural 2. singular 3. singular 4. singular 5. singular 6. singular 7. singular 8. plural 9. singular

1. singular – subject: Salvation Army / verb: receives 2. plural – subject: ants / verb: build 3. plural – subject: dozens / Verb: race 4. singular – subject: Mr. Rodriguez / verb: teaches 5. plural – subject: planets / verb: orbit 6. plural – subject: Kim and Donna / verb: cheer 7. singular – subject: mom / Verb: gives 8. singular – subject: dolphin / verb: plays

1. call – plural 2. jumps – singular 3. sits – singular 4. team – singular 5. freezes – singular 6. bloom – plural 7. were – plural 8. bite – plural

Pg. 27 – Subject-Verb Agreement #4 1. plural 2. plural 3. singular 4. plural 5. singular 6. singular 7. plural 8. singular 9. plural

1. singular – subject: Sally / verb: gets 2. plural – subject: owls / verb: see 3. plural – subject: several / Verb: fly 4. plural – subject: politicians / verb: make 5. singular – subject: parade / verb: is 6. plural – subject: temperatures / verb: reach 7. plural – subject: Jerry and Quan / Verb: bring 8. singular – subject: team / verb: is

1. throw – plural 2. start – plural 3. rises – singular 4. bowls – singular 5. are – plural 6. giggle – plural 7. is – singular 8. growls – singular

Pg. 28 – Subject-Verb Agreement #5 If the subject is singular, the verb must be singular. If the subject is plural, the verb must be plural. 1. plural 2. plural 3. singular 4. plural 5. singular 6. plural 7. singular 8. singular 9. singular 10. singular

1. brings – singular 2. live – plural 3. are – plural 4. parks – singular 5. was – singular 6. have – plural 7. volunteer – plural 8. has – singular 9. lasts – singular 10. play – plural

Pg. 29 – Subject-Verb Agreement #6 If the subject is singular, the verb must be singular. If the subject is plural, the verb must be plural. 1. singular 2. plural 3. singular 4. singular 5. plural 6. singular 7. plural 8. plural 9. singular 10. plural 11. plural 12. plural

1. drives 2. play 3. jog 4. are 5. tells 6. are 7. play 8. plays 9. say 10. runs

Pg. 31 Unit 1 Test Review: Parts of Sentences 1. In the blink of an eye the ball flew past the batter. Simple Subject: ball Simple Predicate flew 2. Before the concert, a funny comedian told some jokes. Simple Subject: comedian Simple Predicate told 3. Stop at the store for some milk. Simple Subject: You Simple Predicate stop 4. Dozens of donuts fell to the floor. Simple Subject: Dozens Simple Predicate fell 5. With an eraser on his head the boy raced around the tables. Simple Subject: boy Simple Predicate raced CreateBetterWriters.com 223 Pg. 31 Unit 1 Test Review: Parts of Sentences (cont.) 1. test 2. You 3. dancers 4. You 5. You

1. Clause 2. Sentence 3. Clause 4. Clause 5. Phrase 6. Sentence 7. Phrase 8. phrase 9. Sentence 10. Sentence 11. Phrase 12. Clause

1. Run-On 2. Fragment 3. Sentence

If the subject is singular, the verb must be singular; if the subject is plural, the verb must be plural. 1. are 2. sang 3. ran 4. like

Pg. 39 – Complex Sentences #1 Independent Clause in Bold / Dependent Clause Underlined / Subordinate Conjunction 1. The mailman wouldn’t deliver our mail after my dog bit him in the leg. 2. Sarah could have done better on the assignment, although she did receive an A. 3. Because she didn’t say, “Mother may I?” she had to start over. 4. Before my mom would let me spend the night, she had to talk to Jamie’s mom. 5. If you study for the test, you will do much better. 6. Once the play started, we were not allowed to talk. 7. We won’t be able to play unless the rain stops by noon. 8. Rex practiced his guitar until he could play the song perfectly. 9. Whenever I think about my third grade teacher, I have a warm feeling inside. 10. We played games while the adults sat and talked.

Pg. 40 – Complex Sentences #2 Independent Clause in Bold / Dependent Clause Underlined / Subordinate Conjunction 1. The mailman wouldn’t deliver our mail after my dog bit him in the leg. 2. Because we were all so tired, we decided to go home early. 3. Unless we do all of our homework, we won’t be able to play. 4. My dog waited at the door for us until we got home. 5. Although none of us wanted to leave, we had to be home before midnight. 6. If Charlie doesn’t stop teasing that dog, the dog is going to bite him. 7. We took pictures while the monkeys swung from the trees. 8. Whenever my sister gets in trouble, my dad makes her weed the garden. 9. Once school starts, you need a pass to get into your class. 10. Before you accuse someone of stealing your pencil, make sure it isn’t just lost. 11. I had to go to the dentist because my back tooth started to hurt. 12. After I finished my project, I asked my dad to check it for mistakes. 13. If I had hit the ball five more feet, it would have been a homerun. 14. We could not go to the movies until my baby sister woke up from her nap. 15. Alice played the piano while Mary played her flute.

Pg. 41 – Complex Sentences #3 * Order of dependent and independent clause can be changed. 1. As the students entered the room, the teacher passed out their homework. 2. Amy cut out stars while Jennifer painted a picture. 3. Whenever I get in trouble I have to sit in time-out 4. If we all work together we can finish in an hour. 5. He takes his vitamins every day so he won’t get sick.

Pg. 42 – Complex Sentences #4 Answers will vary. Accept any answer that begins with a subordinate conjunction and makes sense.

CreateBetterWriters.com 224 Pg. 43 – Complex Sentences #5 Answers will vary. Accept any answer that begins with a subordinate conjunction and makes sense. Pg. 44 – Sentence Combining #1 * There may be more than one possible answer. 1. The high school band gave a one hour concert. 2. Mom bought me a shirt, some shoes, and some pants. 3. I received a three page letter from my friend Ashley. 4. We waited for Paul, Peter, and Mary. 5. Gina made a chocolate cake with sprinkles for her dad’s birthday. 6. We found a small puppy with black spots wandering the streets. 7. This week in class I wrote a poem, a song, and a story. 8. My cat can climb a tree, a fence, and anything else she wants. 9. He was upset about his broken toy. 10. When you draw a clown, be sure to give it a funny nose, a big mouth, and wide eyes. Pg. 45 – Sentence Combining #2 * There may be more than one possible answer. 1. Francisco, my neighbor, and I walk to school together every day. 2. Kyle threw the ball into the bushes. 3. Tim, our captain, scored twenty points in our game last week. 4. The students enjoyed signing each others’ yearbooks under the tree. 5. The Battling Butterflies, my sister’s softball team, won the championship. 6. We drove all the way to Flagstaff in our Chevy Venture. 7. Chuck carried the box filled with reading books to the class. 8. Our choir sang “Friends Forever”, a song selected by student council, at graduation. 9. All the girls in the class gave Antonio, the nicest by in the class, a valentine last February. 10. Mom went to talk to our neighbor who lives across the street. 11. Mr. Derker, my piano teacher, has been teaching me for three years. 12. Monique wrote a poem about pandas. Pg. 46 – Sentence Combining #3 * There may be more than one possible answer. 1. We wanted to see the movie, but it was sold out. 2. Tony won an award because he was the fastest runner in the school. 3. Ashley won an award, and she received it last Wednesday. 4. The choir practiced for a half an hour, and they practiced before going on stage. 5. Mom did her grocery shopping while we played video games. 6. Tomorrow we might go to the beach, or we might go to the park. 7. Our football captain rings the victory bell whenever we win a game. 8. The bell rang, and everyone raced out of the classrooms. 9. We moved to the front row so we could see better. 10. I had a hamburger for dinner, and I had ice-cream for dessert. 11. I got a radio for my birthday, but I wanted a bike. 12. I had to go back to my house because I forgot my lunch. Pg. 47 – Sentence Combining #4 * There may be more than one possible answer. 1. The five-month-old baby learned how to crawl. 2. I help Mrs. Snodgrass, my fourth grade teacher, after school. 3. My dad went on a business trip across the country. 4. I bought a hotdog, and I ate it under a tree. 5. We had to take a shower before we could go in the pool. 6. We went into the park, across the field, and onto the swings. 7. The United States, the best country in the world, has people from almost every country. 8. Mr. Simon corrected our papers while we drew our illustrations. 9. Amy won the million dollar lottery. 10. Michael collected fifty worms from our back yard for our fishing trip. 11. I scored twenty points yesterday, but we lost anyway. 12. Rex barked at the mailman, at our neighbor, and at me. 13. Our coach, Mr. Henderson, is taking us to the batting cages. 14. We cut down our tree so there is more room to play. 15. The police officer gave a speeding ticket to the driver. 16. Our class sang a song about America at the assembly. 17. We can save twenty dollars, but we have to sign up for ballet lessons today. CreateBetterWriters.com 225 Pg. 47 – Sentence Combining #4 (cont.) 18. Before I could eat I had to wash my hands, set the table, and make the lemonade. 19. Number Blaster, a new computer program, will help me with my math. 20. We can go on the Ferris wheel, or we can go on the Merry-go-round.

Pg. 48 – Sentence Combining #5 * There may be more than one possible answer. 1. We had pepperoni pizza for dinner. 2. Shirley, the captain of our cheer team, created several new cheers for us. 3. We had to search for our lost ball because it rolled into the bushes. 4. We made chocolate cake for the class, but it melted in the car. 5. Mikea won a new bicycle because she sold more cookies than anyone. 6. The barber washed my hair, cut it, and he styled it. 7. Peanut, my mouse, was eaten by Slim, my snake. 8. My baby sister cries whenever my mom leaves the house. 9. The five year old boy rode his bike without his training wheels. 10. I went swimming at the beach, and I stayed in the water for an hour. 11. I had to hide my new game from my brother in a very safe place. 12. The fireman connected the hose, dragged it to the house, then turned on the water. 13. We’re going to the movies after I mow the lawn. 14. You can play on the swings, or you can skate around the park. 15. We jumped into the water and jumped right back out because the water was cold. 16. Mrs. Trigs, my math teacher, explains fractions very well. 17. We had to go to another store all the way across town to find the video. 18. The doctor took my temperature, checked my throat, and gave me some medicine. 19. Our class will have a pizza party if we all do our homework for a month. 20. The first forty people wearing red received free posters.

Pg. 49 Three Types of Sentences #1 1. A - Simple Sentence 2. C – Compound Sentence 3. B Complex Sentence 4. C – Compound Sentence 5. B Complex Sentence 6. A - Simple Sentence

Pg. 50-51 Three Types of Sentences #2 1. B - Complex Sentence 2. A - Simple Sentence 3. B - Complex Sentence 4. C – Compound Sentence 5. B - Complex Sentence 6. A - Simple Sentence

Part II – Answers will vary.

Pg. 52-53 Three Types of Sentences #3 1. C – Compound Sentence 2. B - Complex Sentence 3. A - Simple Sentence 4. B - Complex Sentence 5. A - Simple Sentence 6. C – Compound Sentence

Part II – Answers will vary.

Pg. 63 Nouns *Note: Some places can also be things. 1. person 2. place 3. person 4. thing 5. place 6. thing 7. person 8. thing 9. place 10. thing 11. place 12. person 13. person 14. thing 15. place 16. person 17. thing 18. person 19. place 20. thing 21. thing 22. person 23. place 24. thing

Pg. 64 Pronouns 1. he, him, his, you, yours 2. we, us, our, ours 3. it, that 4. it 5. they, them, their, theirs 6. I, me, my, mine

Pg. 65 Noun and Pronoun Practice Noun: A noun names a person, place, or thing. Pronoun: A pronoun takes the place of a noun. 1. noun – thing 2. noun – thing 3. pronoun – takes the place of a noun 4. pronoun – takes the place of a noun 5. noun – person 6. noun – place 7. pronoun – takes the place of a noun 8. pronoun – takes the place of a noun 9. noun – thing 10. pronoun – takes the place of a noun 11. noun – thing 12. noun – thing 13. pronoun – takes the place of a noun 14. noun – thing 15. pronoun – takes the place of a noun

Nouns: Kimberly, family, car, Dad, Kimberly, birthday, Dad, surprise, destination, secret, lot, Dad, wallet, man, ticket, pass, Universal Studios, Kimberly, cheek, day, day, day Pronouns: we, they, she, it, It, her, I, you, Our, you, us, They, his, he, It, She, him, His, her, their

CreateBetterWriters.com 226 Pg. 66 Verbs 1. is – fact 2. sang – action 3. worked – action 4. am – fact 5. dug – action 6. are – fact 7. painted – action 8. rode – action 9. were – fact 10. played – action 11. was – fact 12. read – action

Pg. 67 Verb Practice Part I – Answers will vary. 1. worked – action 2. am – fact 3. is – fact 4. washed – action 5. was – fact 6. barked – action 7. need – action 8. were – fact 9. signed – action 10. are – fact

Pg. 69 Adverb Practice 1. how 2. where 3. to what extent 4. when 5. how 6. where 7. when 8. to what extent 9. when 10. how 11. where 12. when 13. how 14. where 15. how 16. how

Pg. 70 Adverb Practice #2 How? – quietly, cautiously, carefully, safely, stubbornly, noisily, angrily When? – next, tomorrow, never, yesterday, tomorrow, tonight Where? – behind, inside, here, outside, inside To What Extent? – very, too

Pg. 71 Verb and Adverb Practice Verb: A verb shows action or states a fact. Adverb: Adverbs describe verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs. 1. verb – action word 2. verb – action word 3. adverb – how 4. adverb – when 5. verb – action word 6. adverb – where 7. verb – action word 8. adverb – how 9. verb – action word 10. adverb – when 11. adverb – how 12. verb – action word 13. adverb – when 14. adverb – how 15. verb – action word 16. verb – action word 17. adverb – when 18. adverb – how 19. verb – action word 20. adverb – where

Pg. 72 Adjectives 1. what kind 2. what kind 3. how many 4. what kind 5. what kind 6. how much 7. what kind 8. how many 9. what kind 10. how many

Pg. 73 Adjective Practice What Kind? – small, pretty, round, bright, clean, red, funny, tall How Many? – eight, few, twelve How Much? – several, some

1. pretty – dress 2. twelve or eight – people 3. clean – fork 4. bright – light 5. eight or twelve- flowers 6. tall 7. round 8. funny

Pg. 74 Parts of Speech Practice Noun: The name of a person, place, or thing. Pronoun: Takes the place of a noun. Verb: Action word or states a fact. Adverb: Describes a verb, adjective, or adverb. Adjectives: Describe a noun.

1. verb 2. noun 3. pronoun 4. adverb 5. adjective 6. adverb 7. verb 8. noun 9. adjective 10. pronoun 11. noun 12. pronoun 13. adverb 14. adjective 15. verb 16. adjective 17. noun 18. pronoun 19. verb 20. adverb 21. verb 22. adjective 23. pronoun 24. noun/verb 25. adverb 26. pronoun 27. adjective 28. verb 29. adverb 30. noun

Pg. 76 Prepositions #2 1. into 2. down 3. across 4. from 5. up 6. before 7. between 8. through 9. inside 10. with 11. above 12. in 13. near 14. behind 15. after

Activity #2: Answers will vary.

Pg. 78 Conjunctions #2 Conjunctions: Conjunctions are connecting words. Answers may vary. However, the following are reasonable solutions: 1. but 2. and 3. While 4. because 5. so 6. or 7. If 8. and

Pg. 79 Interjections Answers may vary.

CreateBetterWriters.com 227 Pg. 80 Parts of Speech Practice Preposition: Connects one word in a sentence to another word in a sentence. Conjunction: A connecting word. Interjection: Words or groups of words that show emotion.

1. preposition 2. conjunction 3. interjection 4. conjunction 5. preposition 6. interjection 7. conjunction 8. interjection 9. preposition 10. preposition 11. conjunction/preposition 12. conjunction 13. preposition 14. interjection 15. preposition 16. interjection 17. conjunction 18. conjunction 19. preposition 20. interjection 21. preposition/conjunction 22. preposition/conjunction 23. interjection 24. conjunction 25. preposition 26. conjunction 27. interjection 28. preposition 29. interjection 30. conjunction

Pg. 81 Parts of Speech Practice Noun: The name of a person, place, or thing. Pronoun: Takes the place of a noun. Verb: Action word or states a fact. Adverb: Describes a verb, adjective, or adverb. Adjectives: Describe a noun. Preposition: Connects one word in a sentence to another word in a sentence. Conjunction: A connecting word. Interjection: Words or groups of words that show emotion.

1. pronoun 2. adverb 3. noun 4. verb/noun 5. adjective 6. preposition/adverb 7. conjunction 8. noun 9. verb 10. pronoun 11. adverb/preposition 12. adverb 13. noun 14. adjective 15. verb 16. interjection 17. pronoun 18. conjunction/preposition 19. adverb 20. noun 21. preposition 22. adverb 23. conjunction 24. pronoun 25. noun/verb 26. adjective 27. adverb 28. noun 29. interjection 30. pronoun 31. conjunction 32. verb 33. interjection 34. noun 35. adverb/preposition 36. adverb

Pg. 82 Adverbs or Prepositions? #1 1. adverb – where? 2. preposition – up the street 3. adverb – where? 4. preposition – over the fence 5. adverb – where? 6. preposition – down the slide 7. adverb – when? 8. adverb – where? 9. preposition – near the exit 10. preposition – from the teacher 11. adverb – when? 12. adverb – where?

Pg. 83 Adverbs or Prepositions? #2 1. preposition – until dinner 2. adverb – where? 3. adverb – where? 4. preposition – near the dugout 5. preposition – through the tunnel 6. adverb – where? 7. adverb – where? 8. adverb – where? 9. preposition – outside the class 10. preposition – behind the house 11. adverb – where? 12. adverb – where? 13. preposition – under the house 14. prepositions – behind the curtains 15. prepositions – between the sheets 16. adverb – where? 17. adverb – where? 18. preposition – with my friends

Pg. 84 Parts of Speech Review Noun: The name of a person, place, or thing. Pronoun: Takes the place of a noun. Verb: Action word or states a fact. Adverb: Describes a verb, adjective, or adverb. Adjectives: Describe a noun. Preposition: Connects one word in a sentence to another word in a sentence. Conjunction: A connecting word. Interjection: Words or groups of words that show emotion.

1. noun 2. adverb 3. adjective 4. pronoun 5. verb 6. conjunction 7. adjective 8. preposition/conjunction 9. verb 10. interjection 11. noun 12. adverb 13. pronoun 14. adjective 15. conjunction 16. noun/verb 17. preposition 18. interjection 19. verb 20. adjective 21. pronoun 22. adjective 23. adjective 24. verb 25. conjunction 26. preposition 27. adverb 28. pronoun 29. interjection 30. adjective/verb 31. noun 32. conjunction 33. pronoun 34. adverb 35. noun 36. adjective

Pg. 93 Pronouns: Subject vs. Object vs. Possessive The order may vary. Subject Pronouns: we, she, you, they, I, it, he, who, whose Object Pronouns: them, me, you, whom, us, her, it, him, Possessive Pronouns: your, their, my, his, ours, theirs, her, hers, yours, mine, its, our, whose

Pg. 94 – Pronouns: Subject vs. Object vs. Possessive #2 Subject: The who or what of the sentence. Object: Receives action from a verb or preposition Possessive: Shows ownership 1. me – object 2. he – subject 3. who – subject 4. its – possessive 5. whom – object 6. he – subject 7. theirs – possessive 8. she – subject 9. them – object 10. mine – possessive 11. us – object 12. us – object

Pg. 95 – Pronouns: Subject vs. Object vs. Possessive #3 Subject: The who or what of the sentence. Object: Receives action from a verb or preposition Possessive: Shows ownership 1. your – possessive 2. he – subject 3. her – object 4. my – possessive 5. whom – object 6. they – subject 7. his – possessive 8. you – object 9. you – subject 10. him – object 11. our – possessive 12. they – subject

CreateBetterWriters.com 228 Pg. 96 – Pronouns: Subject vs. Object vs. Possessive #4 Subject: The who or what of the sentence. Object: Receives action from a verb or preposition Possessive: Shows ownership 1. we – subject 2. us – object 3. their – possessive 4. us – object 5. he – subject 6. whom – object 7. my – possessive 8. I – subject 9. she – subject 10. his – possessive 11. they – subject 12. me – object

Pg. 97 – Pronouns: Subject vs. Object vs. Possessive #5 Subject: The who or what of the sentence. Object: Receives action from a verb or preposition Possessive: Shows ownership 1. whom – object 2. she – subject 3. whose – possessive 4. they – subject 5. him – object 6. your – possessive 7. whom – object 8. its – possessive 9. he – subject 10. we – subject 11. your – possessive 12. me – object

Pg. 98 – Pronouns: Subject vs. Object vs. Possessive #6 Subject: The who or what of the sentence. Object: Receives action from a verb or preposition Possessive: Shows ownership 1. whom – object 2. we – subject 3. He – subject 4. him – object 5. his – possessive 6. I – subject 7. We – subject 8. whom – object 9. he – subject 10. whom – object 11. our – possessive 12. him – object

Pg. 100 – Prepositions #2 Activity #1 - 1. among 2. beyond 3. outside 4. within 5. beneath 6. of 7. against 8. through 9. during 10. off 11. toward 12. at 13. toward 14. under 15. onto Activity #2 and #3 – Answers will vary.

Pg. 101 – Captain Preposition About forty miles / above the clouds / across the galaxy / after an enemy / against them / along a busy galaxy / amid millions / of stars / among thousands / of planets / around four thousand pounds / At 5 A.M. / atop the trees / before anyone / behind the Sierra Nevada Mountains / below the Central Valley / beneath the desert’s morning sun / beside the ship / between the plane’s wings / beyond the clouds / By the time / Concerning the ship / during its plunge / towards the black hole / for the mighty space traveler / from Zork / In a flash / inside the ship / Into the ship / like a bolt / of lightning / near the black hole / of the crew / off the ship / on the helpless craft / onto the ship / to Zork / outside the ship / over the past / regarding your problems / through a narrow hole / in the ship / throughout the journey / To his home planet / Toward Earth / under the clouds / underneath the trees / of Earth / up the mountain / Upon the peak / With a jubilant yell / within seconds / without even telling / with those

Pg. 103 – Prepositions #4 Answers may vary. 1. The lady in the red sweater walked across the street and sat on the bench. 2. The dog jumped into the air and caught the Frisbee in his mouth. 3. During the party at two o’clock the children will walk into the house with smiles on their faces. 4. I saw a girl with a pink bow give out cupcakes with sprinkles and give them throughout school. 5. There is a puppy in the yard with black spots chewing on a bone. 6. Owls hunt for food at night throughout the trees. 7. Some girls in angel costumes danced during the concert among the audience. 8. We played basketball after school at the park with my brother and his friends.

Pg. 105 Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly 1. good reader / bad reader 2. reads well / reads badly 3. speak well / speak badly 4. good speaker / bad speaker 5. good runner / bad runner 6. run well / run badly 7. good pitcher / bad pitcher 8. drive well / drive badly 9. threw well / threw badly 10. pitches well / pitches badly 11. good kicker / bad kicker 12. good driver / bad driver

Pg. 106 – Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly #2 1. good book / bad book 2. turns well / turns badly 3. good grass / bad grass 4. good cleaner / bad cleaner 5. good worker / bad worker 6. work well / work badly 7. thought well / thought badly 8. dressed well / dressed badly 9. good climber / bad climber 10. climbs well / climbs badly 1. well – sharpened 2. good – job 3. good – players 4. well – play 5. well – clean

1. badly – play 2. bad – job 3. bad – bulbs / badly – work 4. bad – smell 5. bad – fighter / badly – moved

Pg. 107 – Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly #3 1. good – pizza 2. well – shut 3. good – dancer 4. well – doing 5. good – player / well – throws 6. good – listener 7. good – behavior 8. good – writers / well – tell

1. badly – slept 2. bad – job 3. badly - needed 4. bad – cheese 5. badly – behaved 6. bad – dancers / badly – move 7. bad – argument 8. bad – speller / badly – writers

CreateBetterWriters.com 229 Pg. 108 – Good vs. Well / Bad vs. Badly #4 1. well – cooks / good – soup 2. good – grades / well - study 3. well – cut 4. good – suit / well - dresses 5. good – answers 6. good – food 7. well – went 8. good – driver / well – drive

1. badly – did 2. bad – cough / badly – slept 3. bad - idea 4. badly – need 5. bad – comedian / badly - tells 6. bad – picture 7. bad – movie 8. badly – sing

Pg. 109 – Misplaced Modifiers #1 * There may be more than one possible answer. 1. I heard my dad who was singing in the shower. 2. My teacher is a tall, skinny one hundred and fifty pound man with a mustache. 3. While walking to school, I noticed that the sky looked like it was going to rain. 4. When my baby sister is throwing a fit, Mom puts her in time-out. 5. We saw the bird suddenly fly away. 6. Our dog, who barks a lot, has a pink tongue and a long tail. 7. The trees got in the way while we were flying the kite. 8. When my baby brother sucks his thumb, my dad knows it’s time to put him to bed. 9. She made ice cream that quickly melted in the sun. 10. The police car passed by me while I was riding my bike. 11. When the students need to be punished, the teachers make them stay after school. 12. While I was ordering the food, the waiter asked if I wanted fries.

Pg. 110 – Misplaced Modifiers #2 * There may be more than one possible answer. 1. We saw that the lights of the city shined brightly while we were climbing to the top of the mountain. 2. While I was walking the dog, the cat started a fight with him. 3. When you are hungry, a hamburger will be perfect for dinner. 4. After hitting the iceberg, the boat slowly sank into the sea. 5. The teacher reminded the students to study for their test as they were copying down the homework. 6. Having practiced all week the dancer was wearing a beautiful costume. 7. The volcano exploded violently and shot lava into the air. 8. While I was eating popcorn, the monkeys I watched were funny. 9. The money fell off the counter while I was paying for the tickets. 10. The parent disciplined the child who stubbornly stormed into his bedroom. 11. He was a funny clown who wore a big nose and told silly jokes. 12. While I was picking weeds, several worms crawled to the top of the soil. 13. The doctor told me to punch a pillow when I am angry. 14. My mom needed to ask a question while I was talking on the phone. 15. The beautifully dressed student sang the song.

Pg. 112 – Unit 4 Test Review I. Subject: The who or what of the sentence. Object: Receives action from a verb or preposition Possessive: Shows ownership 1. me – object 2. Who – subject 3. we – subject 4. whom – object 5. their – possessive 6. Its – possessive 7. they – subject 8. Who – subject

II. Answers will vary.

III. Good is an adjective that describes a noun. Well is an adverb that describes a verb, adjective or adverb. Bad is an adjective that describes a noun. Badly is an adverb that describes a verb, adjective or adverb.

1. good / well 2. well 3. good 4. well / 1. badly 2. bad 3. bad 4. badly/bad

IV. 1. The man wearing the grey suit was talking to my dad. 2. The three hundred pound animal with sharp teeth is dangerous. 3. The plane that took off disappeared slowly into the sky.

CreateBetterWriters.com 230 Pg. 123 Capitalization #1 1. Wednesday 2. social studies 3. Italian 4. Buddhism 5. Biology 101 6. summer 7. College Park 8. Northern Ireland 9. Algebra II 10. measles 11. west 12. Saturday 13. math 14. Chinese food 15. Christianity 16. Midwest 17. Levi pants 18. winter 19. Turner School 20. Science 101

1. Arbor Day Parade / Ford 2. Spanish / Spanish 101 / Mrs. Jones 3. Dad / Thursday / Roses / Violets / You / And 4. Man Without a Home / Jesuit / North America 5. United States 6. Up on the Rooftop / Aloha Elementary School’s 7. Make a Wish Foundation / southern France 8. Harvard University / Massachusetts / Rutgers University / New Jersey

Pg. 124 Capitalization #2 1. Spanish 2. Italian tile 3. Tuesday 4. southern Alps 5. east 6. Thursday 7. Planters’ peanuts 8. Judaism 9. Geometry 101 10. fall 11. math 12. geography 13. South Korea 14. Hinduism 15. Kells Pond 16. mumps

1. Germany / French / Italian / Dad 2. Memorial Day / American / Mr. Simm’s / Civics 101 3. Friday / Ode to Summer / This Is Love / Woodruff Elementary School 4. Dear Lisa / Camp Sunburn / Fourth of July / Mom / Your sister / Alice 5. Not Without My Daughter / Middle East

Pg. 125 Capitalization #3 1. August 2. influenza 3. French fashion 4. Catholicism 5. Labor Day 6. art 7. Swedish 8. south 9. fall 10 Geology 101 1. On / All / When // One / She / Three // Up / Down / We / Who 2. Red Cross / South 3. Ford / Indianapolis Speedway 4. Aunt Shirley / Microsoft / Northwest 5. Art for Dummies / Western Civilization 101 6. Northeast 7. Rocky Mountains / Grandpa 8. Aliens are Among Us / Mrs. Flick’s 9. Lindstrom Elementary School’s / Italian / Asian 10. Smith / Indians / Europeans

Pg. 126 Capitalization #4 1. science 2. winter 3. Utah 4. Thursday 5. Boston College 6. Alzheimer’s disease 7. God 8. polio 9. Golden Gate Bridge 10 Western Europe 1. September / Washington Elementary School / Labor Day 2. none 3. Island of the Blue Dolphins / English / Girl Without a Family 4. West Indies / India 5. Grandpa / Multiple Sclerosis Society 6. Lake Tahoe / Heavenly Ski Resort 7. Cave of Wonders / Carlsbad Caverns / New Mexico 8. Seal Beach 9. Mother’s Day / I’m / Queen Elizabeth / England 10. Dear Oscar / Barney’s Greatest Hits / Beautiful Flowers / Your / Jose

Pg. 127 Capitalization #5 1. Monday 2. tonsillitis 3. summer 4. Sony stereos 5. December 6. Lake Erie 7. east 8. Chinese food 9. Mormon 10 Science 101 1. Christian / God / His 2. Aunt Rosa / Uncle Pedro / Leal School 3. Mariners / Seattle / Space Needle 4. Bible / Torah / Koran / Christianity / Judaism / Islam 5. While / Dad / I 6. While You Slept in Your Bed / Father’s Day / June 7. Memorial Hospital / American Lung Association 8. Marines / southern Afghanistan / Tora Bora Mountains 9. Between Boy and Man / Literature Appreciation 101 / October 10. Dear / Nature’s Wonders / National Wildlife Foundation / Sincerely / Vanessa

Pg. 128 Capitalization #6 1. health 2. Dell computers 3. September 4. Canadian bacon 5. southern California 6. spring 7. diabetes 8. English 9. Crohn’s disease 10 Science 201 1. Ringling Brothers / Cirque du Soleil / Mom 2. Statue of Liberty / Hudson River / New York / New Jersey 3. Flowers Among Thorns / Mr. Rose’s / January 4. Gulf of Mexico / Atlantic Ocean / southern Florida / Caribbean Sea 5. Grandpa Joe / Grandma Jane 6. none 7. Reebok shoes / Lakewood Mall / Saturday 8. There’s a Boy in the Girl’s Bathroom / Mighty Mysteries / June 9. Thanksgiving / Thursday 10. Olympics / Utah / Colorado

Pg. 135 Comma Rules #1 and #2 1. City, State 2. Day, Year 3. City, Country 4. Day, Year 5. City, State 6. Day, Year 7. City, Country 8. City, State 9. Day, Year 10. Day, Year 11. City, State 12. City, Country 13. Yorktown, Virginia, after... – City, State 14. August 3rd, 2001, while... – Day, Year 15. Veracruz, Mexico – City, Country 16. Saturday, June 13th, for... – Day, Month 17. Salt Lake City, Utah, for... - City, State 18. 555 Oak Drive, Oakland, California – City, State 19. Monday, August 1st, we... – Day, Month / Phoenix, Arizona – City, State 20. Toronto, Canada, there... – City, Country / Tuesday, April 2nd – Day, Month

CreateBetterWriters.com 231 Pg. 136 Comma Rules #1 and #2 1. Long Beach, California, and... – City, State / Tuesday, March 12, at... – Day, Month 2. Wednesday, June 12, 2000, in – Day, Year 3. Dublin, Ireland or Glasgow, Scotland – City, Country 4. March 2, 1991 or on March 1, 1992 – Day, Year 5. Chicago, Illinois – City, State / Monday, December 31s,t 2001, or... – City, State / Dallas, Texas, on... – City, State / Tuesday, January 1st, 2002 – Day, Year 6. Wednesday, May 7th , in... – Day, Month / Portland, Oregon – City, State 7. Mexico City, Mexico, on... – City, Country 8. Friday, May 19th – Day, Month 9. Bangkok, Thailand, from... – City, Country / Wednesday, August 15 to Monday, August 20th – Day, Month 10. February 21st , 1975, in... – Day, Year / Las Vegas, Nevada – City, State 11. Friday, April 11, school... – Day, Month 12. Honolulu, Hawaii, is... – City, State 13. December 31st , 2099 – Day, Year 14. Rome, Italy, is... – City, Country 15. Thursday, June 18th , 2002, we... – Day, Year / Seattle, Washington – City, State

Pg. 137 Comma Rules #3 and #4 - Answers will vary.

Pg. 138 Comma Rules #5 and #6 1. Yes, (Introductory Word) I’m mad at you for chewing up my shoe, Rover. (Direct Address) 2. Sorry, (Introductory Word) I won’t be able to meet you after school today, Kim. (Direct Address) 3. Of course, (Introductory Phrase) we are going to take pictures before she leaves. 4. I haven’t seen you, Suzie, (Direct Address) in such a long time. 5. Hello, (Introductory Word) you don’t know me, but I’m your long, lost cousin. 6. Mrs. Carter, (Direct Address) I need to go to the bathroom. 7. Will you give the tape to Karen, Jacquline? (Direct Address) 8. First of all, (Introductory Phrase) the answers to the test come straight from your homework. 9. Secondly, (Introductory Word) those of you who didn’t do their homework need to do it tonight. 10. Of course, (Introductory Phrase) if you all study really hard class you will all do well on the test. 11. Well, (Introductory Word) if you would have gone at recess you wouldn’t have this problem, Jason. (Direct Address) 12. After all, (Introductory Word) the best music, Cindy, (Direct Address) comes from the best music system. 13. No, (Introductory Word) I want the dress with the beautiful flowers all over it. 14. Ms. Kinon, (Direct Address) will you help me with my homework? 15. Thank you, Mrs. Bletterman, (Direct Address) for bringing treats to school today.

Pg. 139 Comma Rules #5 and #6 1. Give the letter to Mom, Jim. (Direct Address) 2. Wait, (Introductory Word) you can go to the bathroom during recess. 3. Peanut, (Direct Address) you’re the best hamster in the world. 4. First, (Introductory Word) if you want a new bike, Michael, (Direct Address) you must learn to take better care of your stuff. 5. Team, (Direct Address) if we win today we’ll be in first place. 6. As a matter of fact, (Introductory Phrase) I did eat the last piece of cake. 7. Finally, (Introductory Word) the person with the most points will win the trophy. 8. Yes, (Introductory Word) you do look funny in that hat. 9. By the way, (Introductory Phrase) if you wear it outside, I’ll pretend I don’t know you. 10. Kim, (Direct Address) you’re the best friend anyone could ever find.

Pg. 140 – 141 Comma Rules #1 – #6 1. Hannah, (Direct Address) you are the best singer in the show. 2. Many of our country’s best ships are located in San Diego, California. (City, State) 3. Oh, (Introductory Word) I thought you were talking to me. 4. On Monday, September 5, (Day, Month) Eddie will start his first day of school. 5. Dear Barney, (Greeting) I am your #1 fan. By the way, (Introductory Phrase) I have all of your videos. Sincerely, (Closing) II. Brian 6. Well, (Introductory Word) the only tickets available are for Saturday, April 3, (Day, Month) for the afternoon show. 7. Suddenly, (Introductory Word) the lion jumped from the bushes. 8. If you will wait just a second, Mr. Sanchez, (Direct Address) I’ll be right back with your order. 9. There are many wonderful pyramids in Cairo, Egypt. (City, Country) 10. Most importantly, (Introductory Phrase) don’t forget to bring your bathing suit. 11. Dear Ronald, (Greeting) Of course, (Introductory Phrase) our hamburgers are better than yours. Yours truly, (Closing) Jack 12. Please, Anthony, (Direct Address) put the crayons on the table.

CreateBetterWriters.com 232 Pg. 140 – 141 Comma Rules #1 – #6 (cont.) 13. Houston, Texas (City, State) is a very important city for our nation’s space program. 14. No, (Introductory Word) I can’t go with you, Paul, (Direct Address) until I finish all my work. 15. How much will it cost to go to the water slide, Jeff? (Direct Address) 16. Mrs. Kline, (Direct Address) are we going to have homework over vacation? 17. In April, 1861, (Day, Year) the Civil War officially began. 18. Yes, (Introductory Word) I will marry you, Francisco. (Direct Address) 19. My parents bought their house in Reno, Nevada (City, State) on November 7, 1999. (Day, Year) 20. His father works at the United States embassy in Seoul, Korea. (City, Country) 21. Kimberly, (Direct Address) did you tell Omar that I said he was cute? 22. Dear Pinnochio, (Greeting) How’s life on Pleasure Island? Remember, (Introductory Word) always let your conscience be your guide. Affectionately, (Closing) Jiminy 23. Larry, (Direct Address) is your birthday on Wednesday, September 1, (Day, Month) or is it Thursday, September 2 ? (Day, Month) 24. On September 9, 2002, (Day, Year) my mom had a surprise party in Lawton, Oklahoma. (City, State) 25. First of all, (Introductory Phrase) you should not have waited until Tuesday, December 24, (City, Month) to start your shopping. 26. Best of all, (Introductory Phrase) if we raise the money by Friday, April 7, we’ll save an extra $50 for the group, Kevin. (Direct Address)

Pg. 143 Comma Rules #7 and #8 1. We need some wood, nails, and a hammer to make our tree house. (Words in a List) 2. For my birthday I received a CD, bike, radio, and cash. (Words in a List) 3. While rowing, the boat sprung a leak. (Avoid Confusion) 4. We sang songs, played games, and ate ice cream at the party. (Phrases in a List) 5. While playing, the game pieces fell off the board. (Avoid Confusion) 6. During PE we had a run, jump, and kick contest. (Words in a List) 7. For $10 I had to mow the lawn, rake the leaves, and sweep the sidewalk. (Phrases in a List) 8. My favorite movies are Annie, Babe, Aladdin, and The Lion King. (Phrases in a List) 9. If you look, down the hill are people making a movie. (Avoid Confusion) 10. The race will go up Hill Street, across to Bixby Lane, and down the Ramona Drive. (Phrases in a List) 11. For the five lawns I mowed I received $10, $12, $8, $9, and $14. (Words in a List) 12. During the past, few years have been as good as these. (Avoid Confusion)

Pg. 144 Comma Rules #7 and #8 1. The ball bounced against the garage, hit the window, and rolled across the lawn. (Phrases in a List) 2. Our football team had a punt, pass, and kick contest. (Words in a List) 3. While packing, her suitcase fell on the floor. (Avoid Confusion) 4. The bird flew up, down, and around. (Words in a List) 5. We came home, watched television, and went to bed. (Phrases in a List) 6. My favorite colors in the rainbow are red, violet, and yellow. (Words in a List) 7. While cooking, the phone began to ring. (Avoid Confusion) 8. I’m not sure if I should have an orange, a banana, or a pear. (Phrases in a List) 9. You can choose to do your homework, help your mom, or baby sit your sister. (Phrases in a List) 10. If your clothes catch fire be sure to stop, drop, and roll. (Words in a List) 11. While hunting, the deer smelled something in the air that warned them of danger. (Avoid Confusion) 12. Go next door, give Mrs. Garcia this package, and ask her if she needs some help. (Phrases in a List) 13. I don’t care if we win, lose, or draw. (Words in a List) 14. Wake up, take a shower, eat breakfast, and get ready for school. (Phrases in a List) 15. If you watch, the stars seem to sparkle like diamonds. (Avoid Confusion)

Pg. 145 Comma Rules #9 and #10 1. If we work later, although nobody wants to, we can take the day off on Friday. (Interrupter) 2. We will visit Chicago, the windy city, before we reach South Bend. (Appositives) 3. These stamps, for example, come all the way from France. (Interrupter) 4. Today’s special, roast beef and fries, will be served until 1:00. (Appositives) 5. Jim and Kyle, my two best friends, are helping me build my go-cart. (Appositives) 6. Who, may I ask, is going to drive you home? (Interrupter) 7. This cat, however, was the runt of the litter. (Interrupter) 8. Singapore, a small island near Malaysia, is a very modern city. (Appositives) 9. Did you know that Ms. Lee, my karate instructor, is getting married? (Appositives) 10. Our table, as you will see, will have the most points before the day is over. (Interrupter)

CreateBetterWriters.com 233 Pg. 146 Comma Rules #9 and #10 1. That’s my sister, the one in the pink dress, singing in the choir. (Appositives) 2. You, on the other hand, need to speak louder so we can all hear. (Interrupter) 3. Vanessa, the most improved student in the class, scored a 98 on her math test. (Appositives) 4. Those students, the girls in the back row, have been talking all day. (Appositives) 5. Bears, however, will take care of their young for a couple of years. (Interrupter) 6. Cyndi is moving to New Jersey, the Garden State. (Appositives) 7. Mrs. Bachman, the principal, will give our certificates at the assembly. (Appositives) 8. Sarah, in another year, will be old enough to drive. (Interrupter) 9. Tomorrow, if everyone is good, I’ll bring treats for the class. (Interrupter) 10. Karen, a great leader, would like to be president some day. (Appositives) 11. She, of course, will win for the third time in a row. (Interrupter) 12. Everyone was happy, even Arnold, when we talked about our problems. (Interrupter) 13. Louis Sachar, my favorite author, will be signing his books tomorrow. (Appositives) 14. The ruby, a very expensive gem, will be on display at the museum. (Appositives) 15. The baby eagle, when the time is right, will learn to fly like its mother. (Interrupter) 16. The Sears Tower, once the largest building in America, is in Chicago. (Appositives) 17. The students, for the most part, were on their best behavior. (Interrupter) 18. If you want to play, you’ll have to ask Mr. Philips, the head coach. (Appositives) Pg. 147 Comma Rules #11 and #12 1. Mom said, “ Everyone needs to get ready to go.” (Quotations) 2. “ We can get some cotton candy when we get to the park, ” said Dad. (Quotations) 3. Joseph wore his bright, beautiful coat to the celebration. (Adjectives) 4. “ Under the tree, ” said Sally, “ there are two presents for you. ” (Quotations) 5. I’m in the mood for a tender, juicy hamburger. (Adjectives) 6. “ Let’s go see a movie, ” said Jane. (Quotations) 7. “ If you are a dedicated, hard-working student, ” (Adjectives) said the teacher, “ you will go far. ” (Quotations) 8. She said, “ Let’s write a story together. ” (Quotations) 9. The clown gave balloons to all the happy, smiling children. (Adjectives) 10. “ Put all the red round ornaments into the box ” said Grandma. (Adjectives - Color) Pg. 148 Comma Rules #11 and #12 1. “ She always sees the positive, cheerful side (Adjectives) of things, ” said Carol. (Quotation) 2. “ Here’s a tissue, ” she said, “ for that wet, runny nose. (Adjectives) ” (Quotation) 3. “Let’s go get some tacos, ” he said. (Quotation) 4. “ Somebody put a big blue sign in the back of their window ” said Bill. (Quotation) 5. “ My grandpa is a kind, old man, (Adjectives) ” said Julie. (Quotation) 6. The writer told about the lonely, young lady who lived on the street. (Adjectives) 7. “When will it be my turn, ” she said, “ to ride on the pony? ” (Quotation) 8. If you wear your puffy yellow jacket, you’ll stay a warm, toasty girl. (Adjectives) 9. He said, “ Curiosity killed the cat. ” (Quotation) 10. “ Life is about the journey, ” she said, “ not the destination. ” (Quotation) 11. Simon says, “ Put your hands on your hips. ” (Quotation) 12. “ Let’s get some warm, buttery popcorn (Adjectives) for the movie, ” she said. (Quotation) 13. Andy told his scary, exciting story to the entire group. (Adjectives) 14. “ Rudolph, with your bright, shiny nose, (Adjectives) ” said Santa, “ will you guide my sleigh tonight? ” (Quotation) 15. “ Be sure to study carefully for your test tomorrow, ” said the teacher. (Quotation) Pg. 149 Comma Rules #13 1. Do you want us to help, or would you like to do it yourself ? Subjects: You / you 2. Bruce sang a song, and he signed autographs for his fans. Subjects: Bruce / he 3. We wanted to play video games, but my brother broke the television. Subjects: We / brother 4. Do all your homework now, or you’ll go to bed early. Subjects: You (imperative) / you 5. The magician performed his tricks, and the audience sat in amazement. Subjects: magician / audience 6. The game was supposed to start at 1:00, but it started to rain. Subjects: game / it 7. Take care of your toys, or they won’t last very long. Subjects: You (imperative) / they 8. I drew the pictures, and she wrote the poem. Subjects: I / she 9. The climbers were ready to leave, but the sun was beginning to set. Subjects: climbers / sun 10. You can wash the car, or I can pay someone else to do it. Subjects: You / I 11. The mother took a nap, and the puppies played with the ball. Subjects: mother / puppies 12. We all wanted to eat some cookies, but nobody wanted to make them. Subjects: We / nobody CreateBetterWriters.com 234 Pg. 149 Comma Rules #13 (cont.) 13. Leave your sister alone, or I’ll give you a spanking. Subjects: You (imperative) / I 14. They waited for ten minutes, but the waiter didn’t bring our drinks. Subjects: They / waiter 15. The driver circled the museum, and the tour guide described the city. Subjects: driver / guide Pg. 150 -151 Comma Rules #7 - #13 1. Mr. Ly, the PTA president, (Appositives) talked about our reading, writing, and math scores. (Words in a List) 2. While driving, (Avoid Confusion) the car suddenly started to make strange, squeaky sounds. (Adjectives) 3. Our school, however, has some of the best students in the state. (Interrupter) 4. Either you can wash the dishes, or you can sweep the floor. (Compound Sentence) 5. “ We’re going sailing tomorrow, ” said Mary. (Quotation) 6. “ We sold $50 worth of sour, cherry licorice, (Adjectives) ” she said, “ for our field trip. ” (Quotation) 7. The dog jumped on the couch, looked out the window, and barked at the mailman. (Phrases in a List) 8. While working, the computers shut down. (Avoid Confusion) 9. The actor, while waiting for his turn to perform, practiced his lines. (Interrupter) 10. “ Take the card to Sarah, my aunt, after (Appositive) dinner, ” she said. (Quotation) 11. It was time for the show to start, but the audience was still being seated. (Compound Sentence) 12. “ I can’t wait to sleep in my soft, comfortable bed, (Adjectives) ” he said. (Quotation) 13. We looked in the cupboards, closets, and shelves for my tools. (Words in a List) 14. The parade, of course, will be filled with many colorful floats. (Interrupter) 15. In the night, time seems to stand still. (Avoid Confusion) 16. The volcano blew thick, blazing lava into the air. (Adjectives) 17. “ When you get on the ride, ” said the engineer, “ be sure to keep your hands inside the car. ” (Quotations) 18. The wolf made a sad, lonely cry at the full moon. (Adjectives) 19. Mr. Park, our new mayor, (Appositive) gave a speech about hope, peace, and friendship. (Words in a List) 20. We decorated the house, and they made all the food. (Compound Sentence) 21. Everyone said that Jose was a short, slow runner, (Adjectives) but he was the best player on the field. (Compound Sentence) 22. “ I want a new dishwasher, ” announced Lucy. (Quotations) 23. Mr. Mertz, the apartment manager, (Appositive) came over to repair the sink, fix the door, and clean the rugs. (Phrases in a List) 24. Early in the morning, before the crowds arrived, we went shopping at the mall. (Interrupter) 25. You can choose a scrambled, poached, or fried egg sandwich. (Words in a List) 26. While eating, the dog started to beg for scraps. (Avoid Confusion) 27. “ Life is like a box of chocolates, ” said Forest, “because you never know what you’re gonna get. ” (Quotation) 28. If you like these cookies, most people do, I can get you the recipe. (Interrupter) 29. Alice, the star of the show, (Appositive) will tell a lot of short, funny jokes during the play. (Adjectives) 30. Ellen said, “ This is going to be the best birthday ever. ” (Quotation) Pg. 152 - 153 Comma Rules #1 - #13 1. Jim and Kyle, my two best friends, are helping me build my go-cart. (Appositive) 2. “ Let’s go see a movie, ” said Jane. (Quotation) 3. We wanted to play video games, but my brother broke the television. (Compound Sentence) 4. We sang songs, played games, and ate ice-cream at the party. (Phrases in a List) 5. On Monday, August 1, (Day, Month) we will go to Phoenix, Arizona (City, State) for my brother’s wedding. 6. Dear Louis, (Greeting) Be sure to bring your bathing suit to my house next week. Sincerely, (Closing) Suzi 7. After eating, the cat ate the crumbs off the floor. (Avoid Confusion) 8. “ Under the tree, ” said Sally “ there are two presents for you. ” (Quotation) 9. Yes, you may go to the dance after school. (Introductory Word) 10. There are tacos, John, in the refrigerator for you. (Direct Address) 11. “ My grandpa is a kind, old man, (Adjectives) ” said Julie. (Quotation) 12. Derek, my sister’s friend, will meet us at the beach. (Appositives) 13. She, of course, will win for the third time in a row. (Interrupter) 14. Is your birthday on March 2, 1991 or March 1, 1992 ? (Day, Year) l5. Give the crayons to Tommy, Billy. (Direct Address) 16. I’m in the mood for a tender, juicy hamburger. (Adjectives) 17. Fred, the key to the house is inside the mailbox. (Direct Address) 18. My favorite colors are blue, green, and yellow. (Words in a List) 19. The game was supposed to start at 1:00, but it started to rain. (Compound Sentence) 20. Who, may I ask, is going to drive you home? (Interrupter) 21. Sorry, the store will be closed for the holiday. (Introductory Word) CreateBetterWriters.com 235 Pg. 152 - 153 Comma Rules #1 - #13 (cont.) 22. She said, “ Let’s get some warm, buttery popcorn (Adjectives) for the movie. ” (Quotation) 23. On Tuesday, January 1, 2002, (Day, Year) football games were played in Miami, Florida, and Dallas, Texas. (City, State) 24. Suddenly, the lion jumped from the bushes. (Introductory Word) 25. Jamie, are you going to join us for dinner ? (Direct Address) 26. Do you want us to help you, or would you like to do it yourself ? (Compound Sentence) 27. During the past, few years have been as good as these. (Avoid Confusion) 28. We will visit Chicago, the Windy City, before we reach South Bend. (Appositives) 29. “ We sold $50 worth of sour, cherry licorice, (Adjectives)” she said, “ for our field trip. ” (Quotation) 30. The climbers were ready to leave, but the sun was beginning to set. (Compound Sentence) 31. Vanessa, the most improved student in the class, scored a 98 on her math test. (Appositive) 32. Go next door, give Mrs. Garcia this package, and ask her if she needs some help. (Phrases in a List) 33. Bears, however, will take care of their young for a couple of years. (Interrupter) 34. The president will visit Bangkok, Thailand (City, Country) on Wednesday, November 14. (Day, Month) 35. “ Be sure to study carefully for your test tomorrow, ” said the teacher. (Quotation) 36. Peanut, you’re the best hamster in the world. (Direct Address)

Pg. 162 Apostrophe – Possessive Nouns #1 1. doll’s – house 2. cars’ – garage 3. family’s – vacation 4. singer’s – song 5. hands’ – gloves 6. ducks’ – pond 7. dad’s – car 8. Kimberly’s – performance 9. waves’ – sound 10. party’s – music 11. doctor’s – office 12. stories’ – author

1. Bess’s bike 2. Cortez’ ship 3. boss’s chair 4. Arkansas’ governor 5. fracas’ cause 6. Ross’s room 7. governess’ room 8. jazz’s sound 9. Francis’ shirt 10. Jesus’ disciples

1. deer’s meadow 2. students’ projects 3. bass’s lake 4. girl’s flower 5. shoppers’ carts 6. pilot’s plane 7. Oz’s Emerald City 8. bands’ songs 9. men’s room 10. candle’s flame 11. empress’s dress 12. doctor’s hospital

Pg. 163 Apostrophe – Possessive Nouns #2 1. women’s – club 2. tiger’s – cage 3. horses’ – riders 4. dresses’ – sale 5. skateboard’s – spin 6. cubs’ – mother 7. salesman’s – customer 8. waitress’ – tips 9. buzz’s – sound 10. boy’s – friend 11. sisters’ - lipstick 12. actress’ – movie 13. teachers’ – lounge 14. wind’s – chill 15. child’s – toy

1. printer’s ink 2. Mr. Bozz’s party 3. ants’ home 4. stewardess’ job 5. Kansas’ governors 6. geese’s formation 7. thesaurus’ bookcase 8. puppies’ bed 9. mall’s shoppers 10. Thomas’ present 11. students’ donuts 12. band’s music

Pg. 164 Apostrophe – Possessive Nouns #3 1. toys’ 2. toy’s 3. man’s 4. men’s 5. actress’ 6. calendar’s 7. calendars’ 8. dogs’ 9. dog’s 10. Mr. Cruz’s 11. book’s 12. books’ 13. child’s 14. children’s 15. dress’s

1. Washington’s birthday 2. Rick and Omar’s present 3. windows’ curtains 4. bats’ cave 5. dog’s bone 6. Mr. Perez’ gloves 7. birds’ nest 8. baby’s candy 9. mice’s hole 10. student’s locker

Pg. 165 Apostrophe – Possessive Nouns #4 1. boys and girls’ / boy and girl’s 2. music and lyric’s / music and lyrics’ 3. cook and waitress’ / cook and waitresses’ 4. cup and plate’s / cup and plates’ 5. spider and fly’s / spider and flies’ 6. Jesus and his disciples’ 8. Kim and Bess’s

1. boys and girls’ clubs 2. glove’s laces 3. people’s choice 4. Shawn and Ryan’s room 5. house’s address 6. mice’s cheese 7. idea’s beginning 8. birds and bees’ garden 9. Andy’s folder 10. mechanics’ tools 11. class’s pizza 12. Sandra’s homework 13. babies’ milk 14. pitcher and catcher’s signals 15. men and women’s league

Pg. 166 Apostrophe – Possessive Nouns #5 1. country’s flag 2. surfers’ beach 3. dress’s buttons 4. friends and neighbors’ party 5. story’s lessons 6. brass’s shine 7. flag’s stars 8. movie’s song 9. king and queen’s arrival 10. Mr. Lopez’ job 11. sailors’ ship 12. skies’ color 13. student’s grades 14. man and woman’s vows 15. boss’s job

Pg. 167 Apostrophe – Possessive Nouns #6 1. glass’s milk 2. players’ field 3. Mom and Dad’s letter 4. Mr. Cortez’ stories 5. soldiers’ weapons 6. history’s lesson 7. tickets’ price 8. actress’ role 9. Tom and Jerry’s partnership 10. Americans’ freedom 11. charities’ money 12. waitress’ order 13. clouds’ shape 14. movie’s director 15. teachers and students’ supplies

CreateBetterWriters.com 236 Pg. 168 Apostrophe: Contractions #1 1. she’s – ha 2. wouldn’t – o 3. we’ve – ha 4. he is – i 5. should not – o 6. do not – o 7. we’ll – wi 8. they’re – a 9. she’s – i 10. are not – o 11. she would – woul 12. it will – wi 13. wouldn’t – o 14. won’t – ill o 15. weren’t – o 16. I am – a 17. could have – ha 18. we are – a 19. I’d – ha 20. they’d – ha 21. could’ve – ha 22. I will – wi 23. has not – o 24. is not – o 25. you’re – a 26. it’s – i 27. they’d – woul 28. there is – i 29. had not – o 30. have not – o Pg. 169 Apostrophe: Contractions #2 1. haven’t – o 2. Kim’ll – wi 3. weren’t – o 4. Joy and Carrie are – a 5. had not – o 6. Bill and Jeff will – wi 7. Mom’s – i 8. they’re – a 9. we’ll – wi 10. won’t – ill o 11. I am – a 12. you are – a 13. can not – o 14. I’d – ha 15. there’s – i 16. wouldn’t – o 17. will not – ill o 18. Tom will – wi 19. it is – i 20. Kay and Susan are – a Pg. 170 Apostrophe: Contractions #3 1. he’d / he’d / he’s / he’ll 2. they’d / they’re / they’d / they’ll / they’ve 3. I’d / I’m / I’ll / I’ve 4. you’d / you’re / you’d / you’ll / you’ve 5. we’d / we’re / we’d / we’ll / we’ve 6. couldn’t / could’ve 7. it’s / it’ll 8. shouldn’t / should’ve 9. wouldn’t 10.don’t 11. won’t 12. aren’t 13. hasn’t 14. didn’t 15. haven’t Pg. 171 Apostrophe: Contractions #4 1. I’m / she’s 2. wouldn’t / what’s / it’s 3. won’t / they’re 4. we’ve / we’ll 5. It’s / they’re 6. can’t shouldn’t 7. shouldn’t / couldn’t / wouldn’t 8. Don’t / I’m 9. you’ll / he’s / aren’t 10. didn’t / hadn’t 11. John’s / we’ll 12. won’t / can’t Pg. 172 Colons / Semicolons #1 1. Meet me at the park at 3:30 (C#2) ; (S#1) I’ll bring everything for the game. 2. At 12:00 (C#2) A.M. the Pope will read Matthew 5:3-12 (C#4) ; (S#1) he will close in prayer at 12:30. (C#2) 3. Dear Madam In my next order, I would like the following: (C#1) scissors, glue, tape, and paper. 4. The school record for the city marathon is 3:55:23. (C#2) 5. John 11:35 (C#4) is the shortest verse in the Bible; (S#1) it says, “Jesus wept.” 6. These are the members of our new math team: (C#1) Jose, Karen, Fabricio, and Corina. 7. At 12:00 (C#2) A.M. we celebrated it was the beginning of a new year. 8. To Whom It May Concern: (C#3) Your batteries only lasted for 2:15:18 (C#2) in my radio; (S#1) I’m switching to another battery. Pg. 173 Colons / Semicolons #2 Dear Sir: (C#3) Thank you for planning our son’s birthday party for us. I’d like to give you some important information for the party; (S#1) it’s important that everything runs smoothly. The party must begin at exactly 6: 4 5 P.M. (C#2) as we would like to surprise him at 7: 3 0. (C#2) Please have the following items ready for the start of the party: (C#1) the music, refreshments, decorations, and entertainment. Also, we would like to have the Bible verse Psalm 119 : 9-11 (C#4) printed on the invitations. In regards to the music, we would like these things: (C#1) fun songs for singing, dancing, and playing; (S#2) slow songs so people can relax, unwind, and talk; (S#2) and fast songs for the boys, girls and young at heart. During the music, it might be fun to have a dance-a- thon contest. Last year the winning time was 1:15:21. (C#2) If all goes well, the party should end sometime around 11:30. (C#2) I’m sure it will be a great party ; (S#1) you come highly recommended. Thank you for everything. Pg. 174 Colons / Semicolons #3 1. Meet me at the park at 3:30 (C#2) ; (S#1) I’ll bring everything for the game. 2. We had a moment of silence at 9:11 (C#2) ; (S#1) we all remembered our heroes. 3. When you get home, have Mandy do the following; (S#2) wash, dry, and brush out fluffy; (S#2) send out invitations for the cat show; (S#2) and show Tom, Mike, and Monique how to do it. 4. Dear Sir: (C#3) The verse you wrote in your column was John 1:7 (C#4), not Matthew 1:7. (C#4) 5. I need the following for the party: (C#1) cookies, candy, and ice-cream. 6. Thomas’ time for the race was 1:08:11 (C#2) ; (S#1) it was the fastest time all year. 7. The 2:55 (C#2) bus didn’t arrive until 3:15. (C#2) 8. I’ll only eat these vegetables: (C#1) peas, carrots, and green beans. 9. To Whom It May Concern: (C#3) My daughter was absent yesterday because she was sick; (S#1) she had the flu. 10. To be finished at 5:30 (C#2), his final time needs to be 2:12:07. (C#2) 11. When spring begins, we will have beautiful weather, long days, and more time to play; (S#1) our parents will come home early and take us to practice; (S#2) and everyone will be ready for school to end. 12. Be sure to study these words: (C#1) diminish, abstract, and amble. 13. The first verse in the Bible is Genesis 1:1. (C#4)

CreateBetterWriters.com 237 Pg. 175 Colons / Semicolons #4 1. Meet me at the park at 3:30 (C#2) ; (S#1) I’ll bring everything for the game. 2. Dear Madam: (C#3) Your party was fantastic; (S#1) we didn’t leave until 2:30 (C#2) in the morning. 3. Our timer says that we’ve been at this jog-a-thon for 2:04:11. (C#2) 4. The lions can jump, climb, and roar; (S#2) the monkeys can swing, climb, and play; (S#2) and the pandas can eat leaves, climb trees, and look cute. 5. At 2:45 (C#2) school will be over; (S#1) everyone will go crazy.

To Whom It May Concern: (C#3) I’m writing to tell you about your new product called SuperSkater; (S#1) it stinks. In your commercial, which is always on at 5:15(C#2), it says that it is “super fast” and “super strong”. Before we even got to use it, we discovered that it was missing the following pieces: (C#1) a wheel, a bolt, and a washer. We returned it to the store; (S#1) the store gave us a new one. My brother put the stickers on the top, bottom, and sides; (S#2) screwed on the front and back wheels; (S#2) then tightened all the screws. At 3:12 (C#2) on Friday, April 13, he immediately jumped on the board and headed down a hill. Suddenly washers, nuts, and ball bearings were all over the ground; (S#2) the four wheels were going north, south, east, and west; (S#2) and my brother was surfing down the street trying to keep his balance. I’m sure the fact that he weighs almost three hundred pounds has nothing to do with the fact that your SuperSkater fell apart; (S#1) it’s a bad product.

Pg. 176 Semicolons and Compound Sentences #1 1. ...done, but nobody... / ...done; nobody... 2. ...week, but my... / ...week; my 3. ...long, and the... / ...long; the... 4. ...flute, and she... / flute; she 5. ...vacation, and we’re... / ...vacation; we’re 6. ...room, but Matthew... / ...room; Matthew... 7. ...party, but she... / ...party; she 8. ...year; and he... 9. ...7:00, but it... / ...7:00; it... 10. ...dinner, and the... / ...dinner; the...

Pg. 177 Semicolons and Compound Sentences #2 1. ...points, but we... / ...points; we... 2. ...food, and she... / ...food; she... 3. ...minutes, and the... / ...minutes; the 4. ...together, and we... / ...together; we... 5. ...work, and I... / ...work; I... 6. ...tent, and we... / ...tent; we 7. ...tomorrow, but the... / ...tomorrow; the... 8. ...dance, and they... / ...dance; they... 9. ...loud, but the... / ...loud; the 10. ...hamburger, but they... / ...hamburger; they...

Pg. 184-187 Prefixes #1 and #2 Answers will vary. Pg. 188-189 Suffixes Answers will vary. Pg. 190 Prefix / Suffix Mad Minute A. 1. under; below 2. expel; opposite 3. across 4. above; over; better 5. against 6. around 7. opposite 8. over; above; more than needed / 9. full of 10. characteristic of 11. person who does 12. able to B. 1. extremely; very much 2. working together; equal 3. under; below 4. expel; opposite 5. across 6. above; over; better 7. against 8. around / 9. the act of 10. full of 11. name of place or disease 12. to cause to become C. 1. opposite 2. over; above; more than needed 3. extremely; very much 4. working together; equal 5. under; below 6. above; over; better 7. across 8. above; over; better / 9. having the characteristics 10. person or thing that does or is 11. full of 12. characteristic of Pg. 191-192 Prefix / Suffix Review #1 1. D 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. B 6. D 7. C 8. A Pg. 193-194 Prefix / Suffix Review #2 1. C 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. B 6. D 7. C 8. A Pg. 205 Synonym Practice Answers will vary. Pg. 207 Often-Misused Words: Sit and Set / Lie and Lay #2 1. sit / lay 2. set / lay 3. Lying / set 4. sat / laid 5. lying 6. set / lie 7. set / laid 8. sit / lay 9. lie 10. set / lying 11. sat / laid 12. sat / laid 13. lying 14. set 15. lay Pg. 208 Often-Misused Words: Sit and Set / Lie and Lay #3 1. Sit / lay 2. Lying 3. set / lay 4. sitting / laying 5. laid / set 6. lies 7. sit / lay 8. lay / set 9. setting / lie 10. laid 11. lying 12. sat 13. lay / set 14. lying / laid 15. lie 16. laid 17. sit / lie 18. lying / set 19. lies 20. lying / lying

CreateBetterWriters.com 238 Pg. 209 Often-Misused Words: Rise and Raise 1. rising 2. raise 3. rose 4. raise / raise 5. raised 6. raising 7. rose 8. risen 9. raises 10. rising 11. rise / raise 12. raised 13. raised 14. rising 15. raised

Pg. 210 Often-Misused Words: To / Two / Too 1. to / two 2. too / two 3. too 4. Two / too 5. too / two 6. Two / to / too 7. too / to 8. to / two 9. too / too 10. two / too 11. two 12. too / two 13. two / to / too 14. to / two 15. too / to

Pg. 211 Often-Misused Words: There / Their / They’re 1. They’re / their / there 2. they’re / they’re / they’re 3. Their 4. there / their 5. there / their / they’re 6. They’re / there 7. There / there 8. They’re / there 9. their / they’re 10. There / their 11. their 12. They’re / their / there 13. their / there 14. There / they’re 15. their / they’re

Pg. 212 Often-Misused Words: Mixed Review 1. raise 2. lying / their 3. set / two 4. They’re / their 5. lie / to 6. They’re / there / lying 7. rise / raise 8. set / lay 9. Their / too 10. sit / lay 11. too / laid 12. set / there 13. their / there 14. sat / their 15. They’re / lie / two 16. too / sit 17. lay / their 18. raise 19. there / set 20. laid / their

Pg. 215 Underlining vs. Quotation Marks #3 1. I finally memorized all the lyrics to the song “America”. 2. “I Love You” is my favorite song on Barney’s new record Friends Forever. 3. There are interesting pictures in the chapter “Black Holes” from Science Adventures. 4. The poem “Smart” from the book Where the Sidewalk Ends made us laugh. 5. The preview showed the scene “Humans’ Friends” from the movie Dolphins. 6. I love the classic poem “Roses Are Red”. 7. Our teacher made us read the article “Young People in History” in Scholastic Magazine. 8. “Friends Forever” is my favorite poem in my book of poems called “Poems from My Heart” 9. A new CD titled The Joy of Music has a nice song called “How Great Thou Art”. 10. The chapter called “Military Blunders” from Stories from WWII was very interesting. 11. I memorized the poem “Bees Knees” from the book Poems from Nature. 12. “A Long Way Home” is the first scene in the play Follow the North Star.

Pg. 216 Underlining vs. Quotation Marks #4 1. The poem “On the Eve of Freedom” inspired my people to vote. 2. Our homework was to read the chapter “The Digestive System” from the book The Human Body. 3. Tina’s article “Teacher of the Year” was published in The Bellflower Journal. 4. Mrs. Torres published her students’ poems in a book called Musings from Room 4. 5. My poem “The Sad Salamander” won second prize, and Melissa’s poem “The Scared Skunk” won first prize. 6. I love the song “Jingle Bells” from the CD Holliday Classics. 7. We read the chapter “Rancheros” from our social studies book, Oh, California. 8. “Poinsettia” is a fun shape poem in the book Flowers in Bloom. 9. The scene “Nature’s Fury” from the movie Volcanoes showed the power of eruptions. 10. Children like looking at hidden pictures in Highlights Magazine. 11. We acted out The Red Wheel Barrow for readers’ theater. 12. The article “The History of the Golden Gate” from the book Bridges of California won a prize.

Pg. 217 Often-Misused Words Test Review 1. Their / two 2. laid / set 3. too / there 4. lie / there 5. sit / their / too 6. raised / risen 7. They’re / lay 8. lying / too 9. There / lie 10. sat / too 11. Laying / their 12. Set / there 13. rise / raise 14. lay / their 15. set / their 16. They’re / lay 17. lying / there 18. Their / too 19. Sit / to / lay 20. laid / too

CreateBetterWriters.com 239